Shop Practices Manual USA Final

SHOP PRACTICES
& SPARE PARTS

08/09
2008/2009 Shop practiceS Manual
The 2008/2009 Shop Practices Manual is published
by Salomon for Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding
Dealers. This manual provides current technical
information, certifcation requirements, and indem-
nifcation information. Please keep a copy of this
Manual on hand as a quick, easy, and reliable refer-
ence for servicing Salomon alpine bindings. Because
the content of the Manual changes every year, you
should keep previous editions available as refer-
ences for servicing older products. Your Salomon
Certifcation Web site will one day provide a resource
of archived material for your reference as well.
Salomon continues to be the number one winter
sports brand worldwide. Our goal is to advance our
breakthrough technologies featuring innovation in
safety and performance binding systems.
Binding 1
Alpine Binding Liability Indemnifcation 4
Binding Quick Reference Chart 6
retail Binding SySteMS 7
Preparation 7
Installation 8
Binding-to-Boot Adjustments 13
Release Value Selection & Adjustment 14
Final Checking & Visual Inspection 16
Mechanical Inspection 17
Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 19
rental & deMo Binding SySteMS 21
Preparation 21
Installation 22
Binding-to-Boot AdJustments 23
Release Value Selection & Adjustment 24
Rental Visual & Mechanical Inspection 24
Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 28
Binding Maintenance & repair 31
Maintenance & Repair 31
certification prograM 33
Technician Certifcation Exam 33
Ski/SnowBlade 37
Technical Features 38
Snowblade 42
Maintenance & Repairs 44
Boot 48
Standard Boot Norms 49
Technical Features 49
Salomon Foot Measurer 50
Advanced Fit Technology Liner 51
Custom Shell technology 53
Salomon Boot Technologies 54
Boot Concepts 55
Foot anatomy and ft 59
helMet & pole 62
Helmet Technology 63
Pole Technonolgy 65
Spare partS 66
warranty 81
contentS
Binding
Technical reference for the
complete line of current
Salomon alpine bindings
Binding
IntroductIon > 2
2008/2009 certification prograM
authorized alpine dealer requirements
While it is not necessary for an Authorized Location to have all of its
personnel certifed, sales people and managers are encouraged to remain
aware of Salomons certifcation and record keeping requirements.
SalomonAuthorizedAlpineBindingDealersmusthaveatleastone
Salomon Certifed Technician working at each Authorized Location sell-
ing, servicing or renting Salomon alpine bindings.
ThetechnicianwhosignstheAuthorizedLocationsworkshoporrental
form for any transaction must be currently Salomon alpine binding cer-
tifed.
ItisanAuthorizedDealersresponsibilitytomaintainsuffcientrecords
to identify its Certifed Technicians.
Salomon provides its Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers with information contained in this publication:
1. To help assure skiers that Salomon alpine
bindings are properly selected, mounted,
adjusted, and serviced.
2. To serve as a risk management tool for the
Authorized Dealer.
certifcation fees
Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers will be invoiced an administrative reg-
istration fee for technician certifcations.
u.S. dealers
FortheU.S.,a$12feewillbeinvoicedforeachRegistrationandExam
submitted on line at www.salomoncertifcation.com
TheU.S.feeis$20foreachRegistration/Examsubmittedbymailor
faxtoSalomon,orfortechnicianscertifedbyanyapprovedindustry
training program.
Fax:(801) 334-4502
Salomon Certifcation/Customer Service
SalomonU.S.A.
2030 Lincoln Ave.
Ogden,UT84401
canadian dealers
ForCanada,a$30.00feewillbeinvoicedforeachCertifcationKitsent
tothedealer.TechniciansmustRegisterandtaketheExamon-lineat
www.salomonhookup.ca
2008/2009 certifcation kit
This manual forms part of a kit which is available each year to Salomon
Authorized Binding Dealers. Enclosed in the kit you will fnd the neces-
sary materials to certify your shop technicians for mounting and adjusting
Salomon Bindings for the 2008-2009 season. This packet should have the
following items:
2008-2009SalomonShopPracticesManual&SpareParts
2008-2009SalomonShopPracticesCD(instructionalvideo&manuals)
BootSoleLengthSticker
SkierClassifcationChart
VisualIndicatorAdjustmentChart
ToeHeightAdjustmentCard
If this packet is missing any of these items, or you need any more, please
contact Salomon Customer Service at 1 (800) 654-2668(intheU.S.)or
1 (800) 361-3398 (in Canada).
electronic documentation
An electronic version of the 2008-2009 Shop Practices Manual is
availablebothonthemediaCDincludedwiththisCertifcationKit
as well as online at www.salomoncertifcation.com(intheU.S.)or
www.salomonhookup.ca(inCanada).ThemediaCDPDFversionofthe
manual is identical to the printed copy included in this kit, with the added
convenienceofafullyhyperlinkedtableofcontentsandreferenceboxes
foreasynavigation.TheonlinePDFversionoftheSalomonShopPractices
Manual is continuously updated with the most current technical language
and thus may have additions not appearing in the print version of the
Salomon SPM. The printed version of the Salomon SPM is still completely
valid and all procedures described within follow industry standards.
Media cd!
The training video comes on a cross-platform CD-ROM
(Windows,Mac&Linux)alongwithafullyindexedPDF
of the Shop Practices Manual and several forms for
convenient access, duplication and printing.
To view the videos youll need a computer with
any web browser with the Quicktime plug-in
installed (if it is not already installed, your browser
will provide a link to easily obtain the free software).
In addition, to view the Shop Practices document and open the other forms
youll need a pdf document reader such as the free adobe reader (available at
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html)
Insert the CD into a computer, navigate to the top-level of the CD-ROM and dou-
ble-click the welcoMe-BienVenue.html fle this should open the fle in your
internet web browser. Alternately, with the disk in the computer, you can launch a
newinternetbrowserwindow,chooseOpenfromtheFilemenuofthebrows-
er and navigating to location of the fle on the CD-ROM.
Binding
2008/2009 Salomon certifed technician certifcation process
Only a technician sponsored by a Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer may be certifed. Authorized Dealers can log onto
www.salomoncertifcation.com(intheU.S.)orwww.salomonhookup.ca(inCanada)toreceiveacurrentlistoftheirSalomon
Certifed Technicians. To complete the technician certifcation process:
1. Read this manual and become familiar with required Salomon shop
practices.AcorrespondingCDisavailabletoassistinthisprocess.For
a copy of the CD, contact your Salomon sales or Customer Satisfaction
Representative.
2. Be familiar with earlier editions of Salomon Shop Practices Manuals
andSalomonTechnicalUpdates.
3.BefamiliarwithSalomonbindingsthroughhands-onexperience.
4.FortheU.S.,logontowww.salomoncertifcation.com.ForCanada,
log on to www.salomonhookup.ca. Complete the on-line 2008/2009
SalomonCertifedTechnicianRegistrationandExamandreceiveconfr-
mation of your certifcation instantly.
2008/2009 certification prograM continued
1. log onto the certifcation website
IntheU.S.logontowww.salomoncertifcation.com
In Canada log onto www.salomonhookup.ca (There is a specifc pro-
cess to follow when certifying groups of 10 or more canadian techni-
cians at the same time. Please contact Salomon Customer Service for
details).
2. register your information
Onceyouhavesignedin,youwillgetapromptaskingyoutoconfrm
your login-ID. Write this information down in case you need to stop
your test in the middle and return later.
3. take the on-line exam
Oncethetestbegins,do not use your web browser to move back
or forward. Doing this will result in a cancelled session and you
will need to start at the beginning.
Ascoreof90%,or20correctanswers,mustbeobtainedtopass.
Inaddition,questions3to7,10,11,and13to17areconsideredcore
questions and must be answered correctly.
4. once you pass the test
IntheU.S.clickonthebuttontocreateaprintablecertifcate.(The
certifcate will be created in Acrobat. If you do not have Acrobat
Reader on your computer, click on the icon, and you can download it
free from the web.) or Write down your certifcate number and return
latertoretrieveyourprintablecertifcate.Aninvoicefor$12willbe
generated and sent to your shop. If you do not pass, your shop will
notbeinvoiced.Onlypassingexamswillreceivecertifcatenumbers
and generate an invoice.
InCanada,clickontheDownloadCertifcateboxtocreateaprint-
able certifcate. (The certifcate will be created in Acrobat. If you do
not have Acrobat Reader on your computer, click on the icon and you
can download it free from the web.) or click on e-mail Certifcate to
receive an e-mail version.
instructions for taking the on-line exam
Onceyouhavebecomefamiliarwiththeproceduresformounting,adjusting,andtestingSalomonbindings,taketheexamon-lineforinstantresults
and obtain your certifcate immediately. (If for some reason you are unable to take the test on line, please contact your Salomon sales representative.)
Just follow these easy steps:
1. Simply log onto the site and click on the button Search for certifed
technicians.
2. Enter your shop ship-to code or certifcate number to search the certi-
fcation database.
3. You may retrieve printable certifcates from the database for any certi-
fed tech.
4. If you need to know who in your shop is certifed, log on and search
for certifed technicians for your shop. An updated list will appear so
you have constant access to the information.
finding currently certifed technicians for your Shop
Techniciancertifcationisvalidfortwoyearsfromtheexamdate(un-
less Salomon provides further notice).
TechniciancertifcationisnotvalidatalocationthatisnotaSalomon
Authorized Alpine Binding Location.
TechniciancertifcationmaybetransferredfromoneSalomon
Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer to another by contacting the certif-
cationcoordinatorbymailortelephone(Ogden,UTforU.S.dealers
and Concord for Canadian dealers).
technician certifcation Validity period and transfer
Binding
IndemnIfIcatIon > 4
alpine Binding liaBility indeMnification
Salomon alpine binding indemnifcation applies to the 2008/2009 Retail Binding Line, 2008/2009 Rental
Binding Line, Non-current Retail Binding Line and Non-current Rental Binding Line models listed below.
Indemnifcation does not apply to older non-indemnifed binding models.
non-indemnifed Bindings
Older models of Salomon bindings no longer on the Schedule of Indemnifed Bindings may still be serviced, however Liability Indemnifcation will not
be offered by Salomon for these models of bind ings. Dealers wishing to service these models of bindings can reduce their liability risk by requiring an
additionalwaiverandreleaseagreementandattachingittotheWorkshopForm.Suchwaiversshouldbereviewedbyadealersownlegalcounselto
ensure compliance with applicable laws.
Salomon bindings are not designed or tested for use with Mono Boards, therefore bindings mounted on Monoboards will not be indemnifed.
2008/2009
Z12 Ti Smartrak
Control
Z10 Smartrak Control
STH 16
STH 14 Driver
STH 14
STH 12
Z14
Z12 Ti
Z 10
Z 10 Ti Women
Z10Fis20
LZ 8
LZ7
711
710SmartrakGrip
610
TZ 5
non current
C610 Cp
C610
C609 Ti
C609 D+
C609
C608FIS17
C608 Cp
C608
C607
C509 Dr+
C509
C305 / C305 MINI
Driver Suspension
997Equipe
Driver Suspension
997Carbon
Driver997Equipe
Driver997Carbon
997Equipe/Carbon
997EXP
977Force
977Team
977Composite
977
Z 920 Lab
Z 916 Lab
Z 914 Lab
S914Axe+
S914 Lab
S914FIS26.3/20/17
S914FIS
S914 Pe
2
S914
S914FISPilot
S914 Pilot
S914 Pe
914F1S20
914FIS
914
S912 Ti Pe
2
S912FIS
S912FIS24
S912 Ti
S912 Ps
S912FISPilot
S912 Ti Pilot
S912 Ti SC Pilot
S912 Ti Pe
S912 Pe
S912
S910TFIS
26,3/24/20
S910 T Ps
S910FIS24
S910 T
S910
S910 T Ps
S910TAxe+
SP900 Equipe
SP900 Equipe Alium
SP900 Alium
S900 Equipe Team
Race
S900 Equipe Team
Drive Plus
S900 Equipe Team
Axe+
S900 Equipe Team
S900 Equipe Race
S900 Equipe
Poweraxe
S900 Equipe Drive
Plus
S900EquipeAxe+
S900 Equipe Alium
Poweraxe
S900 Equipe Alium
Drive Plus
S900 Equipe Alium
Axe+
S900 Equipe Alium
S900 Equipe
S900 Carbon
Poweraxe
S900 Carbon Drive
Plus
S900CarbonAxe+
S900 Carbon
S900 Ti
S900 Alium
S900
Driver Suspension
897Composite
Driver Suspension
897
Driver897Composite
897Equipe
877Equipe
877
SP850
S850X-Mountain
S850Poweraxe
S850 Alium
X-Mountain
S850 Carve w/Ramp
Plus
S850 Carve
S850Axe+
S850
S812 Pa
S811 PS
S810 Ti
S810TiAxe+
S810 Cp
S810 Ps
S810
S810 Ti Pilot
S810 Pilot
S810 Ti SC Pilot
S810 Ti Ps
S810Axe+
Quadrax800Carbon
Quadrax800
SP800
S800Poweraxe
S800 Drive Plus
S800 Alium
S800
797Composite
Driver797Composite
797
777
777Lady
S711Ps
S711Pa
S711Cp
S710Cp
S710Ti
S710
S710Pilot
S710SCPilot
S710TiPilot
S710TiCp
2
S710Pa
S710DP
S710CP
2
S710Axe+
710
S708TAxe+
Quadrax700
S700TeamPoweraxe
S700Team
S700Axe+
S700
677
C610 CP
2
610 CP
609 D+
609
S608 CP
C608 CP
2

608
607
Q600Poweraxe
Q600
Quadrax600
577
C509 D+
Q500
C407Grom
Quadrax400
Q400
S305GROM
C305GROM
C305MINIGROM
305
Quadrax300
Q300
S300
Driver197Equipe
Junior
197EquipeJunior
177EquipeJunior
177
Z10TiAxe+
Z10 Ti
Z10FIS20
Suspension DR9
Equipe
SuspensionDR9EXP
Quadrax8Carbon
Quadrax8
Suspension DR8
Composite
Quadrax7
Quadrax6
Quadrax6Lady
Quadrax5.5
Quadrax5
Quadrax3
Quadrax3Mini
QuadraxTeam
Team Junior
Team
ForceJunior
Force
ExtremeCarve
retail Binding line
Schedule of indemnifed bindings
rental Binding line
2008/2009
KRRZ12Ti
KRRZ12
KRRZ10
KRR711
KRRTZ5SC
Z12 SC
Z10 SC
LZ 8 SC
711SC
LZ7SR
609 SC
609 SR
TZ 5 SR
TZ 5 SC
TZ 5 SC Junior Track
non current
Driver Suspension
997EquipeSR
Driver997EquipeSC
Driver997EquipeSR
997EquipeSC
997EquipeSR
977EquipeDemo
977Demo
N 920 Equipe Race
N 916 Equipe Comp.
S912 Ti SC
S912 Ti Pe
2
Demo
S912 Ti Pe Demo
S912 Ti SR
SP900 Equipe Test
S900 Equipe SR
Drive Plus
S900 Equipe SR
S900 Equipe SC
Drive Plus
S900 Equipe SC
SP850 Test
877SC
S850 SR Drive Plus
S850 SC Drive Plus
S850 SC
S810 Ti SC
S810 SR
S810 SC
S800 SR
Driver797SC
797SC
777SR
712e
2
CosmicS712SC
S711SR
S711SC
710e
2
710SC
CosmicS710SR
CosmicS710SC
CosmicS710
S708TSR
Q700SC
S700TeamSR
S700SR
S700SCDrivePlus
S700SC
ST610 e
2
C609 SC
C608 SR
C608 SC
608 SC
C607SC
C607SR
607SR
C509 SR
C509 SC
Q500 SC Drive Plus
Q500 SC
Q500 SR
477RR
477LR
Snowtrip ST 410
C407GromSR
Q400 SR
C305 SR
S305GromSC
305 SC
305 SR
Q300 SC
Q300 SR
S300 SC
S305 SC
C305GromSR
177TeamSR
177RR
Z12 Ti Smartrak
Z12 Ti Smartrak Control
Z12 Ti SC
Z10 Ti SC
Z10 Smartrak
Quadrax7SC
Quadrax7SR
Quadrax6SC
Quadrax5SR
Quadrax5RR
Q5 SR
Quadrax3RR
Quadrax3SC
Quadrax3SR
Quadrax3
Q3 SC
Q3 SR
ForceSR
Need to add 2008-2009
modekls to this chart
move appropriate models
to non-current
remove models no longer
indemnifed
Chart on page 5 is based
on canadian hardgoods
workbook. Please make
sure there are no missing
models being marketed
intheU.S.
No models were cut from
the non current list
(it had been discussed
whether to drop models
endingin77
Binding
IndemnIfIcatIon > 5
alpine Binding liaBility indeMnification continued
SalomonoffersliabilityindemnifcationtoSalomonAuthorizedDealers.Salomonwilltotheextentand
within the limits that insurance coverage is available defend and indemnify a Salomon Authorized Alpine
Binding Dealer against liabilities from claims presented by any customer of the Authorized Dealer arising
solely from the use of Salomon alpine bindings, provided:
A. The dealer purchased the alpine bindings from Salomon.
B. The dealer has received written notice of a claim involving alpine bind-
ings.
C. The claim alleges use of the alpine bindings resulted in injury.
D. All Salomon recommendations, procedures and policies in effect at the
time of the incident were followed, including, but not limited to, those
contained in the Salomon Shop Practices Manual, Salomon Technical
Update(ifapplicable),SalomonPurchaserPoliciesandSalomon
GeneralTerms&Conditions.
E. The Certifed Technician is of legal age.
F. Thedealerusesworkshopand/orrentalformsthesameas,orequiva-
lent to, Salomon forms with currently approved Liability Release
Language.
G. ThedealermaintainsproperandcompleterecordsforallSalomon
bindings mounted and/or adjusted for a period of two years or the
statute of limitations of the state or province, whichever is longer.
H. The dealer provides written documentation of the technicians employ-
ment and training (e.g., method of training, proof of certifcation, etc.).
I. A copy of the properly completed workshop form or rental form, in-
cluding a signed release, is submitted.
J. A properly completed Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report,
thesameasorequivalenttotheexemplaryformdisplayedinthis
manual, is submitted.
K. AnyotherhelpfulinformationsuchasaSkiPatrolIncidentReport
Formissubmitted.
L. The dealer notifes Salomon in writing within ten days of the date on
which the dealer frst receives written notice of the claim.
M. The dealer cooperates fully in the investigation, litigation and/or settle-
ment of the claim.
Salomon may terminate indemnifcation, with respect to Salomon al-
pine bindings, upon providing written notice to the dealer.
1. Useyourbesteffortstodeterminetheexactnatureanddetailsofthe
claim.
2. Avoidexpressingopinionsconcerningtheclaim.Youmay,tothe
extentthatyouhavecompliedwithall recommendedprocedures,
indicate to the claimant or the claimants representative that recom-
mended procedures for service and adjustment of the equipment were
followed.
3. Notify your insurance company. Salomon indemnifcation is not a sub-
stitute for liability insurance.
4. GatherallinformationanddocumentsrequiredbySalomonlistedin
the Liability Indemnifcation section for that specifc product and send
the documents with a brief description of the incident to:
legal claims
In the event a Salomon equipment user or anyone acting upon the equipment users behalf contacts the
Authorized Dealer regarding a potential claim:
Salomon authorized dealers
u.S.a.
Alpine Legal Claims
Department,
SalomonU.S.A.,
2030 Lincoln Ave.,
Ogden,UT84401.
canada
Legal Claims Department
Salomon Canada Sports
270014thAveUnit1-4
Markham, On L3R 0J1
Binding
6
Binding Quick reference chart
B
r
a
k
e
Jig Selecion
(given ski
width)
Drill Bit Selection
D
I
N

s
c
a
l
e
H
e
i
g
h
t

(
i
n

m
m
)
Skier weight
S
C
P

(
S
a
l
o
m
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

P
e
d
a
l
)
(
J
)

J
u
n
i
o
r

e
l
a
s
t
i
c

p
e
d
a
l

/

(
S
)

S
t
o
m
p

p
e
d
a
l
V
e
r
t
i
c
a
l

p
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e

p
i
v
o
t
H
i
g
h

l
a
t
e
r
a
l

t
r
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
S
k
i

/

b
i
n
d
i
n
g

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
Wing
adj.
R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

b
r
a
k
e
Adj.
Range
W
e
i
g
h
t

o
f

1
/
2

p
a
i
r

(
i
n

g
)
T
i

L
i
n
e
S
e
n
i
o
r

/

J
u
n
i
o
r

b
o
o
t

n
o
r
m
s
5
6

m
m

-

8
0

m
m

(
R
e
f
.

#
)
5
6

m
m

-

9
9

m
m

(
R
e
f
.

#
)
8
0

m
m

-

1
2
3

m
m

(
R
e
f
.

#
)
4
.
1

m
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
s
k
i
s

w
i
t
h

m
e
t
a
l
)

(
R
e
f
.

#
)
3
.
6

m
m

d
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
s
k
i
s

w
i
t
h

n
o

m
e
t
a
l
)

(
R
e
f
.

#
)
D
r
i
l
l

B
i
t

L
e
n
g
t
h
k
i
l
o
g
r
a
m
s
p
o
u
n
d
s
S
i
m
u
l
t
a
n
e
o
u
s
A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
c
m
m
U
S

s
i
z
e
s
retail
pre-mounted
Z12 ti Smartrak control
788908
B80
7
8
8
4
0
3
0
0
1
1
5
7
0
0
0
8
9
3
0
0
0
8
9
2
9.5 4-12 31,5 42-120 92-264 Smartrak control 122 15 1311 Ti S
Z10 Smartrak control
788909
B80 9.5 3-10 31,5 30-107 66-235 Smartrak control 122 15 1585 S
710 Smartrak grip 788870 B80 9.5 3-10 31,5 30-107 66-235 Smartrak grip 123 15 1570 S
la carte Models
Sth 16 890339 / 890338 R90/R130
J
i
g

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
1
1
5
6
J
i
g
R
e
f
.
0
0
1
1
5
7
D
r
i
l
l

B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
3
D
r
i
l
l

B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
2
9.5 9-16 17,5 > 95 > 209 S 19 2,5 1161 S
Sth 14 driver 889286 R90 9.5 6-14 17,5 58-130 127-286 S 19 2,5 1060 S
Sth 14 890341 / 890340
R100/R115/
R130
9.5 6-14 17,5 58-130 127-286 S 19 2,5 1025 S
Sth 12 892975/890342 R90 9.5 4-12 17,5 42-120 92-264 S 19 2,5 1015 S
Z14 789178 B80/B90 9.5 6-14 16,5 58-130 127-286 28 3,5 1050 S
Z12 ti 789179/789181
B90/B100/
B115
9.5 4-12 16,5 42-120 92-264 28 3,5 857 Ti S
Z 10 789184/789182 B80 9.5 3-10 16,5 42-120 92-264 28 3,5 970 S
Z 10 ti w 892976 B80 9.5 3-10 16,5 30-107 66-235 28 3,5 857 Ti S
Z10 fis 20 789185 B75 9.5 3-10 20 30-107 66-235 28 3,5 997 S
lZ 8 w 789189/789190 B80 9.5 2,5-8 16,5 25-90 55-200 J 28 3,5 861 S
711 789191/789194 B80/B90 9.5 3,5-11 16,5 36-115 79-253 28 3,5 960 S
610 554875/
554878/789196
B80 9.5 3-10 16,5 30-107 66-235 28 3,5 943 S
Junior
tZ 5 788871/304401/
304407/789199
JR
0
0
0
9
2
7
7
8
4
0
6
1
0
0
0
8
1
3
0
0
0
8
1
4 8.0 0,5-4,5 14
10-45
max.
22-100 J 44 5,5 556 J&S
lZ 7 789198/789197 B80
0
0
1
1
5
6
0
0
1
1
5
7
8.0 2-7,5 16,5
22-
45max.
49-100 J 28 3,5 861 S
rental
pre-mounted
krr Z12 ti 890384 /
890385
B80
#

0
0
1
1
5
6
#
0
0
1
1
5
7
B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
3
B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
2
9.5 4-12 31,5 42-120 92-264 122 15 1031 Ti S
krr Z12 258241 B80 9.5 4-12 122 15 - S
krr Z10 890319 /
890425 / 890381
B80/B90 9.5 3-10 122 15 - S
krr 711 890321 B80 9.5 3-10 122 15 - S
krr tZ 5 Sc 892586 /
892585
8.0 0,5-4,5 28
10-
45max.
22-100 J Synchro Center 104 13 - J&S
la carte Models
Z12 Sc 890331
B80/B90/
B100/B115
J
i
g

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
1
0
0
3
J
i
g

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
1
0
4
0
D
r
i
l
l

B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
3
D
r
i
l
l

B
i
t

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
0
8
9
2
9.5 4-12 31,5 42-120 92-264 Synchro Center 122 15 1383 S
Z10 Sc 890332 B80/B90 9.5 3-10 31,5 30-107 66-235 Synchro Center 122 15 1370 S
711 Sc 890334 B80 9.5 3,5-11 31,5 36-115 79-253 Synchro Center 122 15 1362 S
lZ 8 Sc 890335 B80 9.5 2,5-8 31,5 25-90 55-200 J Synchro Center 122 15 1195 S
609 Sc 788923 B80 9.5 2,5-9 31,5 25-100 55-220 Synchro Center 122 15 1285 S
609 Sr 788924 B80 9.5 2,5-9 18 25-100 55-220 Synchro Rental 80 10 1016 S
Junior
tZ 5 Sr 788873 JR
0
0
1
0
0
3
0
0
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
8
1
3
0
0
0
8
1
4
8.0 0,5-4,5 14
10-
45max
22-100 Synchro Rental 56 7 567 J&S
lZ 7 Sr 890336 B80 8.0 2-7,5 18
22-
45max.
55-100 J Synchro Rental 80 10 958 S
tZ 5 Sc 869425 JR
#247290
8.0 0,5-4,5 22
10-
45max
22-100 Synchro Center 104 13 675 J&S
tZ 5 Sc Junior track
788872/554714
JR 8.0 0,5-4,5 22
10-
45max.
22-100 J Junior Track 104 13 675 J&S
Need to add 2008-2009
modekls to this chart (and ide-
ally remove any older models
if possible)
Need info where cell con-
tains ? as well as info on
pre-mounted retail models
Binding
retail Binding
SySteMS
Proper procedures for
a Salomon Certifed
Technician to follow
while mounting and
adjusting Salomon
Retail bindings.
retaIl systems > 7
reference
page # Section Name
17 Clean vs. Lubricated Test
49 Standard Boot Sole
Dimensions
Start out prepared with an effcient working area. Your bench should be the right height, with proper light-
ing,andwiththenecessarytoolsathand.Familiarizeyourselfwithallproceduresbeforeyoustart:being
prepared is the best way to avoid errors and costly mistakes. It is important that all components match
those listed on the workshop form. Refer to your workshop form and make sure the bindings are appropri-
ate for the skier. If the bindings have been used, make sure they are in good condition and no parts are
missing, broken, or showing signs of wear.
preparation
Before drilling the ski, be sure the
boot you are using is compatible with
the binding. Only boots that conform
with applicable standards may be
used with Salomon bindings. (See
Standard Boot Sole dimensions
on page 49 for reference). If a boot
sole is warped, worn or improp erly
canted, such that there is more than
a 1 mm difference in sole fatness
measured across its width, the boot
is incompatible.
other compatibility problems you
May encounter
Cut-outsinthebootsolethat
prevent the brake from engaging
properly.
Excessiverampingorwearofthe
boot sole at the point where it
contacts the binding. Any wear that
inhibitsbindingfunctionisexces-
sive.
Tread,gridpatternorinsignia
presentintheAFDareaoftheboot
sole. This area must be fat over its
entire surface.
Non-compatiblebootsolecompo-
sition. Low-grade thermoplastic
(T.P.) boots may not be used with
Salomon bindings. If you are un-
certain as to the quality of the boot
sole material, perform the clean
vs. lubricated test as described
on page 18.
Only adult norm boots may be used
withadultbindings.Undernocir-
cumstances should a junior norm
boot ever be used with an adult bind-
ing. Salomon bindings that can be
used with both junior and adult norm
boot soles are: TZ5, S305, C305,
Q300, S300, their mini equivalents,
earlier model indemnifed equiva-
lents, and their various counter parts.
(The added width of an adult norm
boot sole somewhat limits the shock
absorption capability of these models
and they should not be used with a
boot sole longer than 304 mm. As
a result, it is recommended that an
aggressive junior skier with an adult
norm boot sole use a model designed
exclusivelyforadultnormboots.)
A Salomon toe or heel may not be
mounted with another manufacturers
toe or heel. Indemnifcation and war-
ranty are automatically voided for
suchmixedsystems.
ForRental specifc preparation in-
structions, please refer to page 21.
Boot-to-Binding compatibility
Junior Boot to Binding compatibility chart
Junior
Boot Models
Boot
norms
Junior
Bindings only
iMportant:
Salomon bindings that can
be used with both junior
and adult norm boot soles
are: tZ5, S305, c305, Q300,
S300, their mini equivalents,
earlier model indemnifed
equivalents, and their various
counter parts.
Falcon100 Adult
Course 90 Adult
Course 80 Adult
Course70 Adult
Falcon60 Junior X
Performa T3 Adult
Performa T2 Junior X
15 Mini Junior X
Performa T3 Rental Adult
Performa T2 Rental Junior X
S
t
e
p

1
Binding
retaIl systems > PreParatIon > 8
S
t
e
p

2
Jig Selection & use
Salomon bindings are installed 3 ways. la carte bindings are installed by drilling holes into the surface
of the ski with the aid of a Salomon jig. Pilot Systems require no jigs and are simply secured to pre-drilled
holes on a premounted Salomon interface. Smartrak Systems can require a combination of these two tech-
niques. Please refer to the specifc instructions in this Manual.
inStallation
1. Select the proper jig for the
binding model to be mount-
ed by referencing the Jig
ReferenceGuide.
2. check the skis serial number
to ensure you are mounting a
matched pair. Place the skis on
the workbench with the ski tips
pointed to your left.
3. open the jig by twisting both
handles inward. Place the jig on
the ski.
4. open the locking lever.
5. extend the jig to accept the
boot.
6. place the toe of the boot sole
against the toe guide. Twist the
rear handle to open the rear
clamps and slide the heel guide
snugly against the boot heel.
fig. A
7. close the locking lever.
(Compare the mid-sole mark
on the boot with the mid-sole
indicator on the jig. If the mid-
sole mark on the boot and the
mid-sole indicator on the jig
do not agree, use the mid-sole
mark on the boot. This requires
leaving the boot in the jig to
position it on the ski.)
8. position the jig on the ski.
fig. S
a. If the ski has a mid-sole mark,
align the mid-sole mark on the
boot with the mid-sole mark on
the ski.
b. If the ski has a tip-of-boot
mark, align the tip-of-boot sole
indicator on the jig with the tip-
of-boot mark on the ski.
c. If the ski has no visible mark-
ings for jig location, consult
the ski manu facturer for proper
mounting position.
9. once the jig is in position,
release the handles simultane-
ously and the jig will center
itself on the ski.
10. re-check your work. The
ski is now ready to be drilled.
(Customers may request that
specifc mounting instructions be
followed. This is particularly true
for skiers who want to initiate
turns more easily. Make a note
ontheWorkshopFormofanyof
these special instructions.)
J K H G F D S A
legend
A Handle with Self-Centering
Clamps
S ToeGuide
D Tip-of-Boot Sole Indicator
F Locking Lever
G Mid-Sole Indicator
H Boot Size Indicator
J Drill Bit Bushing
K Self-CenteringGuidefor
Heel of Boot
Jig use (10 Steps)
ref. # Jig Jig range application
retail JigS
788403 Smartrak 70mm-116mm Smartrak binding systems only
001156 Adult Retail 56mm - 99mm
STH 16, STH 14, STH 12, Z14,Z12Ti,Z12,Z10FIS20,Z10Ti,
710,610CP,610,609D+,609Ti,609,608,607(drillbitlength
8 mm)
001157 Wide Adult Retail 80mm - 123mm (Same as above)
78406101 Junior Retail 56mm - 99 mm 305 and 305 Mini, TZ 5
rental JigS
001003
Synchro Center & Synchro
Rental/ Senior Junior
56mm - 99mm All SC and SR models both Senior & Junior(exceptTZ5SC)
001040
Wide Synchro Center &
Synchro Rental/ Senior Junior
80mm - 123mm All SC and SR models both Senior & Junior(exceptTZ5SC)
24729001 TZ 5 SC Junior Rental 56mm - 99mm TZ 5 SC bindings only
* Contact your customer service representative for additional jigs.
A jig ensures that all holes for binding mounting are drilled in the correct location. The bushings guide the
drill bit so that it remains perpendicular to the ski.
A
S
Correct Incorrect
reference
page # Section Name
10 4-Hole Toe / Spheric
Oversize
10 3-Hole Toe / Spheric Sport
&Quadrax
22 SC System Demo
22 SR System Rental & Demo
Binding
retaIl systems > InstallatIon > 9
Followtherecommendationsofthe
ski manufacturer for drilling and
tapping. In their absence, Salomon
suggests that you use the Salomon
drill Bit Selection guide. When
in doubt about the skis core com-
position, select a 3.6 mm diam-
eter bit and drill one hole. If the bit
comes in contact with any metal,
re-drill with a 4.1 mm bit to ensure
proper screw retention. exceptions:
forEquipeT,XWFuryJunior,
JadeJunior,TeneightyFish,and
TeneightyKittenskis,drillusingei-
ther a 3,6 mm diameter drill bit (for
skis under 140 cm) or a 4,1 mm di-
ameter drill bit for skis greater than
or equal to 140 cm. Neither tap nor
glue.Useahandscrewdriveronly
(3 Nm torque) to tighten the screws
on the bindings.
Drill through the jigs proper bush-
ings applying moderate downward
pressureonthedrill.Verifythatthe
counter sink bevel on the drill bit has
properly de-burred the hole. fig. A
After drilling, turn the ski over and
hit the base several times with the
inStallation > Drilling, Tapping and Glue
drilling
S
tapping
Tap all binding mounting holes
unless otherwise recommended
bytheskimanufacturer.Failing
to tap when necessary can result
in topskin delamination, sidewall
delamination, broken screws or
damage to the ski core.
The tap should be mounted into
a brace. Position the brace so the
tap goes straight into the drilled
hole. fig. A Apply only enough
pressure to the brace to start
the tap, as the tap is a self-cut-
ting tool.
A ski mounting plate is usually
no more than 8 mm below the
topskin. Tapping any deeper than
8 mm can strip the hole or break
the tap. Each full turn of the brace
cutsthetapapproximately2mm
into the ski. After tapping, turn the
ski over and hit the base several
times with the palm of your hand
to remove shavings from the hole.
A
Mounting
A Posidrive No. 3 screwdriver, not a Phillips, is used to mount Salomon
bindings. Consult the Salomon Spare parts catalog (page 66) for refer-
ence on the Salomon screws. They are available through your customer
service representative.
glue
Lubricatethescrewduringinsertion.
Createawatertightseal.
Ensurethatthescrewswillhold
while the ski is in use by acting as a
dampener.
Place a drop of glue on the surface
of each hole. As the screw passes
through the glue it coats itself.
caution: Salomon strongly recom-
mends its own glue for Salomon skis.
glue must be used when inserting binding screws to:
correct incorrect A
palm of your hand to remove any
debris from the drilled holes.
When mounting thin skis or junior
skis with adult bindings you may
need to use shorter screws or add
washerstotheexistingscrews
between the binding and the ski
to prevent damaging the ski base.
Before drilling any junior ski, check
the screw depth by positioning the
binding over the mounting area so
that the binding screws on one side
of the heel track appear alongside
the ski sidewall. fig. S
Special cases when drilling
Junior Skis
Usea9.5mmlengthdrillbitwhen
mounting Z10 TI, Z10 TI SC, Z10
SC,Z10,Z10FIS20,710,710SC,
610, 609, 609 SR, 609 SC, 608,
and 608 SC bindings. These mod-
els use the same screws as the
Salomon adult models and should
be drilled and tapped accordingly.
Asageneralrule,theS910Team
ismountedonskis170cmor
longer and the S608 or C608 on
skis140170cm.TheS608or
Salomon drill Bit Selection guide
Skis diameter length ref. aspect
Junior
4.1 mm
(ski with metal)
8 mm
000813
1x5
3.6 mm
(ski with no metal)
8 mm
000814
1x5
adult
4.1 mm
(ski with metal)
9.5 mm
000893
1x5
3.6 mm
(ski with no metal)
9.5 mm
000892
1x5
diameter
length
C608 can also be used with skis
120140cm.TheS305Grom
andC305Gromaregenerally
used with skis 80-140 cm*. The
shorter the ski, the more likely
washers will be necessary to
avoid dimpling the ski base.
ThenewSalomonC607junior
accommodates adult norm boot
solesandoffersa2to7DIN
scale. This new intermediate bind-
ing for 5 to 10-year-olds features
shorter 6 mm screws for use on
junior skis as short as 120 cm.
Wheneverjuniorbindingsare
mounted on adult skis, an in-
creasedpossibilityexistsofbind-
ing pull-out due to poor screw
reten tion. The penetration depth
of junior screws into the ski core
isonly7mm.Ifnecessary,use
adult drill bits and screws to pen-
etrate any mounting platform.
Theholemustbedeepenoughto
accommodate the screw length you
are using or ski damage may result.
* eXception: S305s and C305s
cannot be mounted on the
Crossmax10TeamorXScream
10 Team models manufactured
from 2001 to 2003 inclusively.
Both bindings may be mounted
on the 2004-2005 models of the
Crossmax10TandCrossmax
T,2006/2007modelsoftheX
WingT,and2007/2008XWing
FuryJuniorandJadeJunior.
drilling, tapping & glue
reference
page # Section Name
8 JigSelection&Use
10 Retail Mounting
22 Rental & Demo Mounting
partS (see page 66)
reference # Item Name
000821 Blue Plastic Plugs
000818 Black Plastic Plugs
000819 White Plastic Plugs
000822 GreyPlasticPlugs
000820 Red Plastic Plugs
000823 Orange Plastic Plugs
000870 GreenPlasticPlugs
000816 Taps
000817 Tap Brace
000811 Glue
000862 Posidrive Screwdriver
B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit
S
t
e
p

2
Removed
Equipe 8T
Removed
Z10TIAXE+,
610 CP,
609 D+,
Binding
S
t
e
p

2
legend
inStallation > General Retail Installation
general retail Mounting
reference
page # Section Name
9 Drilling,Tapping&Glue
13 Binding-to-Boot
Adjustments
22 SC System Demo
22 SR System Rental & Demo
31 Maintenance and Repairs
partS (see page 66)
000905 SalomonGrease
000862 Posidrive Screwdriver
B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit
4-hole toe inStallation
performance/Spheric oversize
A long bit is needed (Posidrive
Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for
power drills and Salomon Manual
Screwdriver Ref. #000862) to
mount the 4-hole pattern toes as
the front two screws must be in-
serted through the binding hous-
ing. fig. S
Useacrisscrossscrewingpattern
and insert each screw until near-
ly seated. fig. D Do not tighten
until all the screws are in place.
ThebaseplateoftheAFDshould
be fush with the topskin of the ski
and each screw should be fush
with the baseplate of the toe piece.
This procedure applies for all toe
pieces with a four-hole pattern.
A
S D F
All Salomon bindings feature
the E-Z Mount System with the
screws already in place. Position
the component over the pre-
pared holes to begin installation
(fig. A). If a power screwdriver
is used, adjust the clutch for the
appropriate ski core construc-
tion. Hand check each screw after
mounting.
Heel Track
Heel Housing
Heel Lever
Heel Cup
Treadle
Brake Pedal
Pressure
Distributors
Spheric Pedal/
AFD
Toe Cup
Toe Height
Adjustment Screw
VisualIndicator
Housing
Adjustment
Screw
Baseplate
Brake Arm
Sliding Center
Mounting Hole
Lubrication
Point*
3-hole toe inStallation
Z-concept bindings, Spheric
Sport and Quadrax
Formodelswitha3-holepattern,
frst pull the center mounting hole
sliding track out from the binding far
enough to insert the screw into the
ski. A long bit is needed (Posidrive
Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for
power drills and Salomon Manual
Screwdriver Ref. #000862) fig. F
tighten the screw until it is frmly
seated.Next,slidethetoepieceto-
wards the seated center screw until
the two rear screws align with their
respective holes.
tighten the rear screws until they
are frmly seated. The base plate
should be fush with the topskin of
the ski and the head of each screw
should be fush with the baseplate.
toe piece
heel piece Ski Brake
heel piece inStallation
Place the heel over the prepared
holes and insert the screws using
a crisscross screwing pattern. (Do
not compress the ski brake before
it is mounted on the ski.) fig. G
do not over tighten.
Ski Brake inStallation
Do not compress the ski brake
before installing it. Place the two
metal tabs on the front of the
brake into the slots in the heel
base plate fig. H. Rotate the rear
of the brake downwards to start
the screw in the track. Tighten
screws with a hand screwdriver
(4Nmmaximum).
note: The brake can be removed to
facilitate ski maintenance.
to remove it: turn the center screw
counterclockwise and remove
the brake.
G H
Toe Installation differs for 4-hole toe and 3-hole toe bindings. The former requires a criss-cross screwing pattern while the latter starts with a center
mounting hole sliding track beneath the front of the toe.
*UseSalomongrease(Ref.#000905)ontrack.
S912 Ti
Z12 Ti
Binding
inStallation > Model-specifc Installation
a
b
wide Ski installation
A S
wide Ski Brakes
1999 to Current Bindings
Ski
Width
(mm)
Performance
Ref. #
Leasure
(Quadrax)
Ref. #
80 78574801 78574801
85
78145901
78574901
90 78575001
100 78575101
115 78575201
wide Ski Jigs are available from
Salomon to mount bindings on
wide skis. Select the proper jig for
the binding to be mounted by refer-
encing the Jig Selection chart.
Reversible pads adapt fat ski jigs to
different widths of skis. The pads
are changed by pulling them off
the jig and repositioning them to
achieve the desired width. fig. A
the pads are properly positioned
when they touch the jig shoulder.
98-124mmskis:Thinsidesof
the reversible pads are positioned
to the inside of the ski. fig. Sa
80-106mmskis:Widesidesof
the reversible pads are positioned
to the inside of the ski. fig. Sb
Refer to the wide Ski Brakes chart
(right). The proper width fat ski
brake must be installed for each
specifc system or indemnifcation
for that system will not apply.
Smartrak System installation
There are two different mounting procedures for the Smartrack interface, based on the system type.
Smartrak System
Smartrack grip & grip plus (fxed
toe systems):
insert metal band into the recessed
slots in the plate. fig. A
determine sole length in mm of boot.
identify the letter on the metal band
that corresponds to the boot sole
length. If the boot sole length is
between two numbers, choose the
highernumber.e.g.:Forabootsoleof
320mm, choose setting 334mm D.
Screw the center mounting sliding
track into the correspondingly let-
tered hole at the front of the Smartrak
plate. fig. S
finish mounting the three hole toe
as usual.
install the heel unit by lifting the tab
located just in front of the heel piece
and sliding the heel assembly onto
the Smartrak plate. fig. F
attach the brake in the usual manner.
position the boot against the toe
piece and slide the heel forward until
it contacts the boot. Make sure the
heel piece clicks and locks into po-
sition on the track.
push the boot into the system and
verify the forward pressure.Once the
forward pressure is correct, the num-
ber on the metal band directly in front
of the heel provides a guide to the
quick positioning of the second heel.
Smartrak control, response, and
prolink (adjustable toe systems):
insert the metal band into the re-
cessed slots in center of plate. fig. A
determine the sole length of boot to
being used.
lift thetabbehindtheAFDonthetoe
piece and slide the toe piece from the
rear of track to the front until the boot
sole length number on the metal band
corresponds to, or is slightly greater
than, the sole length of the boot being
used.Forexample:abootsolelength
of 306mm would require that you
chose a setting on the band of 308mm.
Make sure the toe piece clicks and
locks into position on the track. fig. D
install the heel piece by lifting the tab
located just in front of the heel piece
and sliding the heel assembly onto
the Smartrak plate until the boot sole
length number on the metal band cor-
responds to, or is slightly greater than,
the sole length of the boot being used.
Forexample:abootsolelengthof
306mm would require that you chose a
setting on band of 308mm. Make sure
the heel piece clicks and locks into
position on the track. fig. F
install the break in the normal man-
ner and proceed with binding to boot
adjustments as described on page 13
or page 23.
Smartrak interface Mounting
Steeringplate interface
The Smartrak interface is available
for use with fat skis.
position the Smartrak metal jig
(ref#788403)socentermarkon
jig aligns with center mark of ski.
When installing a Smartrak plate
make sure the recessed slots at the
front of the interface are positioned
towards the tip of ski
proceed with drilling, taping, and
gluing as described on page 9.
assemble Smartrak binding follow-
inginstructionasexplainedabove
in Smartrak System installation.
CompatiblewithquadraxandZ
binding.
Mounting: according to the boot sole
length selected, tighten the screws
on the toe and heel pieces (4Nm
torque) in the corresponding position
on interface:
253-281mm 273-301mm
293-321mm 313-341mm
333-361mm 353-381mm
Mount the brake following the usual
procedure.
A S D F
S
t
e
p

2
Binding
To begin mounting any LAB binding
modelontoanyinterfaceexceptthe
ZZ Speed 2 see the note below then
procedetonextstep.Tomount
onto the ZZ Speed 2 interface,
select a ski with the correct size
ZZ interface plate (S, M, or L) for
the boot sole length by referring to
the ZZ Speed 2 installation chart.
Align the binding assembly on the
ZZ interface using the screw posi-
tion number code (1 or 2) found in
the ZZ Speed 2 installation chart.
fig. F
tighten the toe screws in a criss-
cross pattern.
Verify that the heel track is posi-
tioned correctly. The end of the
metal blade should be 3 mm for-
ward of the end of the stainless
steel heel track. fig. G
tighten the heel screws in a criss-
cross pattern.
VerifythattheheightsuitsFIS
norm limits (50-55 mm).
install the brake.
S
t
e
p

2
Measure boot sole length in mm and
then break the yellow plastic blade
spacer (fig. A) at the appropriate
length (the resulting spacer should
include the last tab which matches
the boot length).
Slide the yellow blade spacer onto the
metal blade until it rests against the
black base plate. Make sure the metal
blade is properly seated in spacer.
insert the end of the blade spacer
into the recessed area on the bottom
of the toe piece base plate. fig. S
insert the post of the metal blade
lock plate between the rear two
screws of the toe piece. Press
frmly into place. fig. D
Lifter shims are an option on all
LABmodelsexcepttheZ14LAB.
If required, attach the appropri-
ate lifter shim, (yellow = 2 mm,
black = 1 mm). do not add more
than 5 mm of lifters.
inStallation > Model-specifc Installation (continued)
A
installation of the Z14 laB, 914 laB, 916 laB, 920 laB bindings
warning: the 914 laB, 916 laB, and 920 laB are the only bindings that should be installed on the ZZ interface
S D F
G H
laB Binding installation
note
Installing anyLABbindingmodelontoanyinterfaceexcepttheZZSpeed2 requires
a slightly different approach to assembly and mounting. assembly: the yellow plas-
tic blade spacer has letter codes corresponding to the boot sole length and must be
broken at the appropriate tab. Make a note of this letter. The rest of the assembly is
the same. Mounting begins by aligning the binding assemblys center mark (arrow
on the yellow blade spacer) to the corresponding letter code on the interface before
tightening the toe screws and continuing with the rest of the mounting and adjust-
ment as with current models.
ZZ Speed 2 Installation
Boot sole
length
(mm)
Size
Letter
Code
Screw Position
1 2
265-297 S 265-282 283-297
298-327 M 298-311 312-327
328-343 L (N/A) 328-343
Jig use with extra large Boot Soles
occasionally a boot sole is too
large to ft a jig. in this instance,
the following procedure should
be used to allow correct mount-
ing of the binding:
1. Openthejigtoitsfullyextend-
ed position.
2. Place the boot heel into the jig
against the heel guide.
3. Measure the length of the sole
thatextendsoverthetoearrow
(viewed from the underside) of
the jig.
4. Divide this length in half (mea-
surement A).
5. Placethefullyextendedjigonto
the ski with the boot mid-sole
mark aligned with the mid-sole
mark on the ski.
6. Move the jig forward of the
mid-sole the same distance as
measurement A and drill the toe
holes.
7. Re-alignthejigsmid-solemark
to the skis mid-sole mark.
Move the jig backwards from
the mid-sole mark the same
distance as measurement A and
drill the heel holes.
8. Installthebindings.(Verifythat
screwpenetrationwillnotex-
ceed hole depth.)
reference
page # Section Name
8 JigSelection&Use
14 ReleaseValueSelection&
Adjustment
14 Requested Settings
partS (see page 66)
000902 Salomon Adjustment Tool
001023 Adult Binding Paper Jig
001056 Salomon Powder Option
887528 PoweraxePaperJig
Salomon distributes competition
bindings to racers and coaches.
These bindings are intended to be
used by skiers with special reten-
tion needs. If these bindings are
used by recreational skiers, there
is a far greater risk of injury due to
the use of more powerful springs.
Refer to requested Settings for
instructions for skiers request-
ing settings not recommended by
Salomon.
competition Bindings > intended use
assembly
Mounting
adjustment
place boot into binding system
and adjust the toe as usual.
check the forward pressure: With
the boot in the binding (closed posi-
tion), adjust the forward pressure to
align the top of the head screw with
the back of the heel track. fig. H
Binding
retaIl systems > adjustment > 13
Binding-to-Boot adJuStMentS
heel position / forward pressure
toe cup width
toe height
All Salomon retail binding models
must have a clearance of 0-0.5
mmbetweentheAFDandboot
toe. fig. K
automatic wing
adjustment Models.
Toe height adjusts automatically
on all current automatic wing
adjustment binding models (Z14
to TZ 5).
Manual Models.
Currently only the 914 bind-
ing model features manual toe
height adjustment. Raise the toe
by turning the adjustment screw,
located on top of the toe piece,
counterclockwise. Pull the boot
back to create a gap between the
bootsoleandthebindingAFD.
Adjust the toe height to create a
gap of not more than 0.5 mm or
until the boot sole just touches the
AFD.YoucanuseaSalomon0.5
mm toe height adjust ment card to
gauge this clearance. do not over
tighten. (Always re-check the
forward pressure adjustment after
making any toe cup adjustments.)
reference
page # Section Name
Adjustment
32 AFDReplacement
S F A
correct
incorrect
G H J
K
adjustment tab Models.
(All current retail models) Check
that the tip of the boot sole is
fush against the butt plate of
the toe piece (or central roller of
applicable models). The forward
pressure is correct when the ar-
row on the adjustment tab lines
up within the scribed area at the
end of the heel housing fig. A or
when the arrow of the rear of the
heel housing lines up within the
scribed area on the adjustment
tab. fig. S 2008-2009 models
no longer have embossed arrows
on the adjustment tab. The back
edge of the tab should be used
instead. fig. D If this adjustment
is incorrect, remove the boot from
the binding, lift the adjustment tab
using a Salomon Adjustment Tool
and slide the heel to the desired
position. fig. F Re-insert the
boot and check the adjustment.
Micro Metric heel adjustment
for the Sth 16 and 12.
With the boot in the binding (closed
position), adjust the forward pres-
sure to align the top of the screw
head with the back of the heel track.
fig. G
all forward pressure adjustments should be verifed with the boot in the binding.
independent wing
adjustment Models.
The adjustment screws for mod-
els with independent wing adjust-
ments are located on each side of
the toe piece. Adjust each wing
snugly against the boot sole so
that the boot is centered over the
ski. fig. G do not over tighten
fig. H as it forces the boot back-
ward, increasing the forward pres-
sure. When properly adjusted, the
toe contacts the boot sole at three
points: the butt plate and the low
friction inserts in each wing arm.
Simultaneous wing
adjustment Models.
(916, S914, S912, S810, S850
Models and their predecessors). The
adjustment screw for models with
simultaneous wing adjustments is
located on the left of the toe piece.
fig. J By turning this screw, both
toe wings adjust
simultaneously. Adjust the wings
snugly against the boot sole. do not
over tighten. The toe cup adjust-
ment is correct when there are three
points of contact: the butt plate
and the low friction inserts on each
wing arm.
automatic wing
adjustment Models.
SphericSportandQuadraxmodel
toe wings adjust automatically. The
C305 adjusts automatically to ac-
cept either childrens or adult norm
boots. (The added width of an adult
norm boot sole somewhat limits the
shock absorption capability of the
C305. It is suggested that aggres-
sive junior skiers with an adult norm
bootsoleuseamodeldesignedex-
clusively for adult norm boots.)
adjusting
G
D
S
t
e
p

3
Binding
what type of skier are you?
determining your Skier type is
your responsibility! Your skier
type, height, weight, age and ski
boot sole length are used by the
shop to determine the visual indi-
cator settings of your ski bindings.
Be sure to provide accurate infor-
mation, as any error may increase
your risk of injury. Consult these
descriptions to select your clas-
sifcation:
type 1 cautious skiing at
lower visual indicator settings
Preferslowtomoderatespeeds.
Prefergentletomoderateter-
rain.
Receivelowerthanaveragevi-
sual indicator settings. This may
increase the risk of inadvertent
binding release in order to in-
crease the likelihood of release
in a fall.
Type1settingsapplytoentry-
level skiers uncertain of their
classifcation.
type 2 Moderate skiing at
aVerage visual indicator set-
tings
Preferavarietyofspeeds.
Prefervariedterrain.
Type2skiersareskierswhodo
not meet all the descriptions of
Type 1 or Type 3 skier types.
type 3 aggressive skiing at
higher visual indicator settings
Preferfastspeeds.
Prefersteepterrain.
Receivehigherthanaveragevi-
sual indicator settings. This may
reduce the likelihood of release
in a fall in order to decrease the
risk of inadvertent binding re-
lease.
Iffromexperience,youhavebeen
dissatisfed with visual indicator
settings resulting from your se-
lected skier type classifcation, you
may wish to consider: (a) chang-
ing your skier type classifcation;
(b) selecting different skier type
classifcations for toe and heel
components; (c) selecting skier
Types -1 ("for skiers who desire
visual indicator settings lower than
settings for a Type 1 skier") or 3+
("for skiers who desire visual indi-
cator settings higher than settings
for a Type 3 skier").
retaIl systems > release value > 14
determining Skier type
releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent
It is the skiers responsibility to determine Skier
Type. Skier Type is not the same as skier ability
and the two should not be confused. Skier Type
must be indicated on the workshop form or rental
form by the skier. The Skier classifcation chart
is available in small and large poster size versions
from Salomon and should be displayed to assist
customers in classifying themselves.
These descriptions are compatible with ASTM and ISO documents.
release agreement
i,
hereby acknowledge that I have been advised by the

(rental shop, sales department, etc.) that the setting which I have
requested for my bindings (Model )
is not the setting recommended by the manufacturer of the bindings for
a skier of my height, weight, age and skier type. I understand that as a
condition of obtaining this setting on the bindings at the time of their de-
livery, I must agree to forever release the shop, its employees and agents,
the manufacturer, and the distributor from any and all liability for injury
or death which results to me or others from the use of these bindings. I
acknowledge that there may be increased risk of injury or death to me as
a result of my own personal preference for binding setting, particularly in
view of the inherent and other risks of the sport of skiing. I hereby waive
all claims arising from the use of the bindings and release from all liabil-
ity the shop, the distributor and the manufacturer, their agents and em-
ployees and I further agree to indemnify them from any and all liability or
harm or damage of any kind whatsoever which may result from the use of
these bindings by myself or anyone I allow to use the bindings.
I, the undersigned, have read and understand this liability release agree-
ment, and agree that it is binding upon me, my heirs, guardians, adminis-
trators, assigns, and legal representatives.

Skier Signature
(or, in the case of a minor, that of the skiers parent or guardian)

Shop Managers Signature
requested Settings
Skiers requesting Settings not recommended by Salomon
The 2008/2009 Salomon adjustment chart is the only release adjustment
chart authorized for use by Salomon dealers during the 2008/2009 sea-
son. Salomon recognizes a skiers right to choose settings outside those
recommended as per the current Salomon Adjustment Chart (particularly
when the skiers preferred setting is also within the range of acceptable
settings).
If the skier requests a setting other than the one derived from the current
Salomon Adjustment Chart, the shop may:
AdjustthesystemtoindividualrequestsIFthetechniciannoteson
the workshop or rental form the reason the higher or lower setting
was requested. The customer must verify the request for the higher or
lower settings by signing and dating the form by the noted reason of
the setting request. (It is suggested that the shop have the skier sign a
release identical to the release agreement printed on this page. The
release must then be attached to the completed workshop or rental
form.) NOTE: Current Salomon workshop and rental forms include a
"Requested Settings" option for customer requested settings, which
eliminates the need for a separate release in such instances.
AdjustthesystemtothesettingderivedfromtheSalomonAdjustment
Chart and instruct the skier on how to change the setting.
S
t
e
p

4
Binding
retaIl systems > release value > 15
2008/2009 Salomon adjustment chart
releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent > (continued)
All current model Salomon
bindings use the DIN
adjustment scale. Release
setting numbers on this
scale are referred to as
visual indicator set-
tings. Some older model
Salomon bindings were
manufactured prior to the
establishment of the DIN
standard scale and use
a different adjustment
scale. Refer to previous
Shop Practices Manuals to
adjust these models.
The 2008/2009
Adjustment Chart is the
only release adjustment
chart authorized for
Salomon dealers during
the 2008/2009 season.
Only those settings
recommended by Salomon
should be used when de-
termining the appropriate
adjustment for each skiers
system. Refer to Skiers
requesting Settings
not recommended by
Salomon (page 14) for
skiers requesting other
settings.
The following procedure is used for
determining visual indicator set-
tings using the 2008/2009 Salomon
Adjustment Chart.
1. FindtheSkiersCode.Locatethe
skiers weight and height in the
frst two columns. If the skiers
weight and height are not in the
same row, select the Skiers code
that is closest to the top of the
chart.
2. The skiers code is appropriate for
Type 1 skiers:
ForType2skiers,movedown
on the chart one row.
ForType3skiers,movedown
on the chart two rows.
ForType-1skiers,moveupon
the chart one row.
ForType3+skiers,movedown
on the chart three rows.
A skier may select different skier
types for toe and heel piece.
3. Forskiersage9andyoungeror
age 50 and older, move up the
chart one row.
Forskiers29lbs.andunder,no
further correction is appropriate.
Forskiers38lbs.andunder,
Skier Type -1 is inappropriate.
4. Locate the column that represents
the skiers boot sole length (in
mm).
5. Theboxattheintersectionofthe
skiers boot sole length column
and the Skiers Code row shows
the initial visual indicator setting
for the skier. If the intersection
of the row and column falls in a
blankbox,moveleftorrighton
thesamerowtothenearestbox
showing a visual indicator setting.
6. Record the visual indicator set-
tingsontheWorkshopForm.
If a skier selects different skier
types for toe and heel piece, it
must be recorded on the work-
shop or rental form in the order
toe/heel (T/H), using a (/) to
separate the two types.
Visual indicator Setting adjustment
Adjust both toes and heels of the
system to the visual indicator setting
derived from the adjustment chart.
Sometimesatechnicianmayexperi-
encediffcultydeterminingexactly
where the visual indicator should
appear in the bindings visual indica-
torwindow.Forexample,asettingof
51/2 is not precisely marked on the
binding. The technician should use
those values that are clearly marked
on the binding as reference points
and set the release adjustment as
close as possible to the setting that
isrecordedontheWorkshopForm.
determining & adjusting Visual indicator Settings
92
I0I
42
48
I9
9I
36
4I
6I
I8
3I
35
5I
66
26
30
48
56
22
25
39
4I
I8
2I
30
38
I4
II
22
29
I0
I3

4'I0"

I48 c
I08
I25
49
5I
4'II"5'I"
I49I5I c
I26
I4I
58
66
5'2"5'5"
I58I66 c
I48
II4
6I
I8
5'6"5'I0"
I6III8 c
II5
209
I9
94
5'II"6'4"
II9I94 c

2I0

95

6'5"

I95 c
250
25I
2I0
2II
290
29I
3I0
3II
330
33I
92
I0I
42
48
I9
9I
36
4I
6I
I8
3I
35
5I
66
26
30
48
56
22
25
39
4I
I8
2I
30
38
I4
II
22
29
I0
I3

4'I0"

I48 c
I08
I25
49
5I
4'II"5'I"
I49I5I c
I26
I4I
58
66
5'2"5'5"
I58I66 c
I48
II4
6I
I8
5'6"5'I0"
I6III8 c
II5
209
I9
94
5'II"6'4"
II9I94 c

2I0

95

6'5"

I95 c
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
@e
j
g
\
Z
k
`f
e
I
X
e
^
\
@e
$
l
j
\
I
X
e
^
\
S||er
Code!
Kn`jk
@e`k`XcKf\&?\\c@e[`ZXkfi
bv Boot So|e Lerotb ()
Jb`\i
=finXi[
C\Xe
! Based or "Ivpe I" S||er
I<=% I<=%

|b

|o
We|obt
Kfihl\IXe^\
(NeWtor Neters)
)''/&)''08;ALJKD<EK:?8IK
Pe|obt
ft|r/c
S
t
e
p

4
Binding
retaIl systems > fInal checkIng > 16
Visual inspection of System components
final checking & ViSual inSpection
While anyone can mount and adjust a Salomon binding, to receive indemnifcation from Salomon a Salomon
CertifedTechnicianmustsignorinitialtheWorkshopFormattestingthatallsystemsinspectionshavebeen
performed.AFinalCheckisyourqualitycontrolmeasuretoverifythatallrequiredprocedureshavebeen
properly completed.
test for Boot/Binding compatibility
Check the boot/binding combination to ensure all components are com-
patible.Unlessabindingisspecifcallydesignedforusewithbothjunior
and adult norm boot soles, adult and junior systems cannot be combined,
e.g., junior boots with adult bindings or vice versa. If the system passes
this test, mark Pass () on the WorkshopForm for Test of Boot-
Binding Compatibility.
If you are not sure that the boot complies with standards or if you are not
sure that the system components are compatible, see troubleshooting.
the Boot
InconsistencieswithISOand
applicable norms.
Grossirregularitieswherethe
boot contacts the binding and
theAFD.
Unacceptablelowgrade
thermoplastic construction.
Rubberand/ormetaltip
protectors
Moldfashings.
Excessivewear.
Debrislodgedinthesole.
Warpedorimproperlycanted
boot sole.
Cut-outsinthesolethat
impede proper brake function.
(If you are uncertain of boot
compatibility, perform the clean
vs. lubricated test. Boots that
fail this test or violate any of the
above points should not be used
with any Salomon binding.)
the Ski
Mountingscrewsprotruding
through the base.
Delaminatedsidewall.Thiscan
be detected visually or by run-
ning your fngers along the sides
of the ski.
Bindingbaseplatesnotfushwith
ski surface.
Delaminatedtopskin.
Pre-drilledholes.Asageneral
rule, bindings should not be
installed on skis that have previ-
ously been drilled for three or
more sets of bindings.
the Binding components
Stripped,looseor
missing screws.
ConditionoftheAFD(ripped,
loose, imbedded dirt, boot sole
pattern, tread imprint, etc.).
Conditionofanti-frictioninserts
(where applicable).
Missingorunreadablevisual
indicators and missing windows.
Bentorbrokenbaseplate,
principalaxisorhousing.
Strippedorjammedtoeheight
and cup adjustment screws.
Jammedreleaseadjustment
screw.
Othervisiblewear.
Improperlyinstalledleash
or brake.
Irregularheeltrackfunction.
Bentorbrokenbaseplate,track
or heel.
the Ski Brake
Improperbrakearmlength.
Improperinstallation.
Brokenentrypedals.
Bentorbrokenbrakearms.
Strengthofskibrake.Abrake
must not compress totally when
the ski is set on a fat surface.
Othervisiblewear.
Visual inspection of the complete System
place the boot in the binding and check the accuracy of:
Toeheightadjustment
(if applicable).
Toecupwidthadjustment
(if applicable).
Centralrolleradjustment
(if applicable).
Forwardpressureadjustment.
Visualindicatorsettings.
Symmetricalmountingofbind-
ingstoskicenterline(%1mm).
This should be in the same loca-
tion on both skis.
reference
page # Section Name
Dimensions
18 Troubleshooting
20 SalomonWorkshopForm
S
test for elastic travel & return
lateral
Secure the ski. Hit the forefoot area of the boot with an object that will not
damage the boot, such as a rubber hammer. fig. AUsesuffcientforce
to move the boot off-center, but not hard enough to release the system.
The boot should move off-center at least 5 mm and return to center
within 2 mm of its original position.
Vertical
Depress the heel lever while pulling forward on the upper cuff of the boot
until the boot heel lifts at least 5 mm. fig. S Release both hands simul-
taneously. The boot should return to the ski quickly and smoothly. This
inspection can be performed either manually or by using a mechanical
testing device. If a testing device is used, follow the recommendations of
the test device manufacturer for proper procedure.
If the system passes these tests, mark Pass () on the Workshop
Form for Test for Elastic Travel & Return. If the system fails, see
troubleshooting.
A
common compatibility problems
S
t
e
p

5
Binding
Exercisethetoebyreleas ingitonce
in each direction. Measure and
record the test result for both clock-
wise and counterclockwise directions
fig. A with a force or torque-mea-
suring device. The test result is the
middle quantitative value of three
measured release values. If the frst
two measured values are the same,
there is no need to take a third mea-
surement. See examples of Middle
Quantitative Values (above)
The toe passes this inspection if
the test results in both directions
fall within the Inspection Range
as determined from the Salomon
adjustment chart. See Sample
Systems inspection ranges
(above).
If your test results for clock wise and
counterclockwise release appear
tobeatoppositeextremesofthe
inspection range, you may have an
installation error or an incompatible
boot. This is known as asymmetric
release. Troubleshoot the system and
re-test after the problem has been
corrected.
retaIl systems > testIng > 17
Mechanical inSpection
It is a requirement* for Salomon indemnifcation that all ski/binding/boot systems be verifed using a force
or torque measuring device.**
A previously damaged binding component or boot may break during the added stress of mechanical testing.
Consumers should be advised of this possibility prior to any mechanical testing of their equipment.
A
twist test (toe)
Exercisetheheelbyreleasingit
once. Measure and record the
test result using a force or torque
measuring device. fig. S The
test result should be within the
Inspection Range. If both twist
and forward lean results fall within
the appropriate inspection range,
mark Pass () on the workshop
formforReleaseValueWithin
Specifed Range.
S
forward lean test (heel)
reference
page # Section Name
15 2008/2009 Salomon
Adjustment Chart
18 Troubleshooting
note
*U.S.Dealersonly;recommended
for Canadian Dealers.
**ForSalomonindemnifcationto
apply, the shop must follow the
test device
manufacturers requirements for:
Properuse.
Validcalibration.
Calibrationcheckatrecommend-
ed intervals.
Consistentresultsbetweentech-
nicians operating this device.
If the twist test or forward
lean test results are not within
the Inspection Range but are
withinthegreaterIn-UseRange,
the visual indicator of the com-
ponent affecting the test result
should be readjusted to bring the
test result within the Inspection
Range. If the test result is out-
sidetheIn-UseRange,referto
troubleshooting. It is not neces-
sary to record any of the test re-
sults on the workshop form. It is
only necessary to record whether
the system passed or failed each
inspection and the fnal visual
indicator settings. Any system
component that repeatedly fails
any inspection should not remain
in use. When the technician is sat-
isfed that all required procedures
have been completed according
to Salomons recommendations in
this manual, he or she must sign
the workshop form. (The signing
technician must be currently certi-
fed by Salomon.)
examples of Middle
Quantitative Values
3 Maximum
release
Values
Middle
Quantitative Value
(Test Result)
45, 40, 50 45
60, 50, 50 50
30, 40, 45 40
55, 65, 60 60
Sample Systems inspection ranges
Based on Skier Code "L"
i
n
S
p
e
c
t
i
o
n

r
a
n
g
e
i
n
-
u
S
e

r
a
n
g
e
58
78
43
50
67
ref
x
x
twist test & forward lean tests > release Value within Specifed range
results not within the Specifed range
S
t
e
p

6
Binding
retaIl systems > testIng > 18
troubleshooting
Boot/Bindingsystemswearwithtime.Thisisexpected.Normalwearand/orfatigueofasystemcanbe
expected.Ifasysteminspectionindicatesasystemisnotfunctioningasintended,thecauseoftheproblem
must be identifed and corrective action should be taken.
Thefrststepistore-examine
each component of the ski/bind-
ing/boot system individually. If a
problem is found, e.g., stripped
toe height screw, out-of-standard
boot sole, improperly mounted
binding,missingAFD,etc.,proper
Binding-to-Boot adjustments can-
not be made. No further work can
be performed on the system. Mark
Fail() on this section of the
workshop form.*
If the system failed the test for
elastic travel & return, check
that all boot/binding interfaces are
clean, smooth and clear of debris.
If the boot is dirty, clean it with a
solution of mild dish washing soap
and water. If the binding is dirty,
clean it according to the proce-
dures described in Maintenance
and repair. Check that the boot
enters the binding correctly. Make
sure the boot is properly posi-
tioned in the toe and heel cups.
Check the visual indicator set-
tings.Theyshouldnotexceedthe
minimumormaximumsettingand
should be set appropriately for
the skier. Re-test the system for
elastic travel & return. If the sys-
temfailsthistest,mark"Fail"()
on this section of the workshop
form.*
IfthesystemfailedtheTestFor
Boot/Binding Compatibility, mark
"Fail"() on this section of the
workshop form.* If you are not
sure that the boot complies with
the mandatory standards, or if you
are not sure that the boot/binding
system components are compat-
ible, do a clean vs. lubricated
test. To perform a clean vs.
lubricated test, all adjustments
to the system, e.g., visual indicator
settings, forward pressure adjust-
ments, etc., must be the same as
when the system was previously
tested. Lubricate the boot with a
mild dish washing soap wherever
it contacts the binding and wipe off
anyexcesslubricant.Performthe
twist test and forward lean test
as done previously and record your
results.Next,comparetheresults
of the lubricated test with those of
the previously performed non-lu-
bricated clean test. Plot the results
on the compatibility tables. If the
results dont fall within the shaded
Pass window on the table, the
BOOT is incompatible with the
binding and should not be used.
MarkFail() on the workshop
form.*
If no problems have been found
with the system and the release
Value within Specifed range
cannot be obtained, further tests
mustbeundertaken.First,switch
testers to check operator accuracy.
Next,checktheaccuracyofthe
testing device per the device man-
ufacturers recommendations. Re-
test the system. If the system re-
leasesoutsidetheIn-UseRange,
markFail() on this section of
the workshop form.*
If the customer refuses to have
work done that is necessary to
bring the system within standards,
or requests work that violates the
recommendations of this man-
ual, the technician should check
theboxnexttothestatement
indicating out-of-standard com-
ponents on the workshop form.
A note should be made in the
Comment section of the form de-
scribing the problem and the skier
should be warned that continued
use of the system is inadvisable.
The shop will not be indemnifed
for work done on that system.
Mechanical inSpection > Troubleshooting
* the customer should be informed of, and authorize, action needed to correct the problem. please refer to
the technical reference section for warranty information on binding components covered under warranty.
400
360
320
280
240
200
160
120
80
40
0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400
fail
fail
pass
ForwardLean(Nm)
clean test
l
u
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

t
e
s
t
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
L
e
a
n
(
N
m
)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
pass
fail
fail
Twist (Nm)
clean test
l
u
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

t
e
s
t
T
w
i
s
t

(
N
m
)
twist test
compatibility tables: clean vs. lubricated tests
forward lean test
reference
page # Section Name
16 TestForElasticTravel
and Return
16 TestForBoot/Binding
Compatibility
81 Salomon Retail Binding
Limited Warranty
S
t
e
p

6
Binding
retaIl systems > record keePIng > 19
Skier inStruction, warning & record keeping
Skier instruction & warning
When the Certifed Technician signs
orinitialstheWorkshopForm,the
technician attests that all proce-
dures have been completed. It is
not necessary for the technician to
personally provide the skier with in-
structions as long as the shop does.
To help reduce your shops liability
risk and to receive indemnifcation
from Salomon, take the following
steps whenever a skier picks up
their equipment. (If the individual
picking up the equipment is not the
intended user, treat that individual as
though they were the intended user.
In the case of minor skiers, follow
these steps in the presence of both
the minor skier and a parent or legal
guardian.)
explanation of entry/exit/re-entry
The proper use of the system (entry,
exitandre-entry)mustbeexplained
using the skiers own system as an
example.
explanation of parts and
release adjustments
Show the skier where the visual
indicator adjustment caps/screws
are located. Point out the binding-
to-boot adjustments. Indicate where
the visual indicator settings are
recordedontheWorkshopFormand
have the customer verify that the
settings recorded on the form agree
with the settings appearing in the
visual indicator window of the bind-
ing.(Itisnotnecessarytoexplain
how these numbers are derived.)
Although skiers may work on their
own system, suggest that if a prob-
lem develops, the system should
be taken to a Salomon Authorized
Binding Dealer.
receipt of in-Box instructions
When a skier purchases a new
binding, it is required that they also
receivethein-boxpamphletincluded
ineachbindingbox.Thepamphlet
should be reviewed with the skier so
that it is fully understood.
Skier Signature on the
workshop form
The skier must read and under-
stand the conditions specifed in the
Liability Release Agreement. Point
out that the skier is signing a release
of liability and that included in the
release is a specifc warning that
the binding will not release under
all circumstances nor is it possible
to predict every situation in which it
will release, and it is, therefore, no
guarantee of the skiers safety.
the Skier must then sign the
workshop form, indicating the
skier:
Hasbeeninstructedintheproper
use of the equipment.
Hasreceivedthein-boxpamphlet
(new bindings only).
Hasverifedthatthevisualindicator
settings correspond to the record-
edsettingsontheWorkshopForm.
Hasreadandunderstandsthespe-
cifc information on the Workshop
Formthatreleasestheshop,manu-
facturer and distributor from liabil-
ity.
Understandsthatskiinginvolves
inherent risks and that injuries are
a common and ordinary occurrence
of the sport.
Understandsthatincludedinthe
Liability Release Agreement is the
specifc warning that the binding
will not release at all times or under
all circumstances where release
may prevent injury or death, nor is
it possible to predict every situa-
tion in which it will release, and it
is, therefore, no guarantee of their
safety.
Understandsthatthebindings
should be maintained as per
suggestions in Maintenance
guidelines prior to the beginning
of each season and every 30 skier
days per year.
The person who signs the Workshop
Formshouldbetheintendeduserof
the equipment. In the case of a mi-
nor skier, the signature on the form
must be that of the skiers parent
or legal guardian. If someone other
than the skier or the skiers parent
or guardian picks up the equipment,
this person should be treated as
though he or she were the skier and,
therefore, must sign the Workshop
Form.Anotemustbeplacedonthe
WorkshopFormthattheagent
must transmit the information to the
intended user. If a skier refuses to
signtheWorkshopForm,Salomon
will not provide indemnifcation and
the shop should consider refusing to
provide service to the skier.
receipt of workshop form
The skier must be given a copy of
theWorkshopFormthatincludesa
signed copy of the Liability Release
Agreement.
retail record keeping
A Salomon authorized shop is
required to keep accurate records
of work performed. Aside from the
legal reasons, accurate records pro-
vide a permanent history of the cus-
tomers you have serviced over the
years. Workshop records must be
kept for fve years or for the statute
of limitations of the state or prov-
ince, whichever period is longer.
The following is a list of informa-
tion* that must be recorded every
time a Salomon binding is mounted
and/or adjusted. It is not necessary
to use a Salomon workshop form,
but any form that the shop uses
should include all the information
listed below.*
1. *Date of transaction.
2. *Name and address of the skier.
3. *Skiers height, weight, age and
skier type.
4. *Skis (brand, model and serial
number).
5. *Boot (brand, model and sole
length).
6. *Binding (brand and model).
7. *Skiers Code.
8. *System inspection results
("Pass"or"Fail"forallfunctional
tests must be indicated).
9. *Visualindicatorsettings.
10. *Salomon Certifed Technicians
initials or signature attesting
that all functional tests and
instructional procedures have
been completed.
11. *Liability Release Agreement
which is either the same as/or
substantial equivalent of the
Salomon form.
12. *Skier signature (or that of the
skiers agent or, in the case of a
minor, that of the skiers parent
or guardian) attesting that the
skier:
a. Has been instructed in the
proper use of the equipment.
b. Hasreceivedthein-boxpam-
phlet (new bindings only).
c. Has verifed that the visual
indicator settings correspond
to the recorded visual indica-
tor settings.
d. Has read and understands the
Liability Release Agreement
ontheWorkshopForm.
e. Understandsthatthereare
inherent and other risks in
the sport of snow skiing and
agrees to assume those risks.
f. Understandsthatincluded
in the Liability Release
Agreement is the specifc
warning that the binding will
not release under all circum-
stances where release may
prevent injury or death, nor
is it possible to predict every
situation in which it will re-
lease, and it is, therefore, no
guarantee of their safety.
g. Understandsthatbindings
should be maintained as per
suggestions in Maintenance
Guidelines.
13. Notes on the boot soles ma-
terial, shape and/or condition
should be made when neces-
sary.
14. If the visual indicator settings
vary from the recommended
setting, note the reason for this.
Attach a signed release to the
WorkshopForm.NOTE:Current
Salomon workshop and rental
forms include a "Requested
Settings" option for customer
requested settings, which elimi-
nates the need for a separate
release in such instances.
15. Refusal to serve statement. This
statement should be written so
as to absolve the ski shop from
any liability when the customer
refuses to have work performed
as per guidelines of Salomon
and the shop
note
* Without this information, indemni-
fcation will not apply.
reference
page # Section Name
20 Liability Release
Agreement
31 MaintenanceGuidelines
S
t
e
p

7
Binding
Name
Name
Iakeo
y.
ate
ue.
First
Last
M.l.
Naue.
Street
Citv
Fhone t
Your Weiuht lbs.
State Zio
$taoce.
0oofv
Your
heiuht ft. in. Aue
l have accuratelv reoresented the above listed inforuation and it is
true and correct. l will not use anv of uv euuiouent until l have
received instruction on its use and l fullv understand its use and
function lincludinu receiot of accouoanvinu uanufacturer's
instruction oauohletls| for new euuiouent|. l auree to verifv that the
visual indicator settinus to be recorded on this foru for downhill ski
euuiouent, and skiboards euuiooed with release bindinus, auree with
the nuuber aooearinu in the visual indicator windows of the
euuiouent to be listed on this foru. l auree to read and execute the
LlAlLlTY FELEASE A0FEEMENT on the back of this foru.
Technician's Siunature.
Snowboard
AckoowIedgeeot oI FersooaI IoIoratioo,
Equipeot Iostructioos & LiabiIity 8eIease
Agreeeot
Equipeot ser's
$igoature.
Fareot/uardiao $igoature
|iI oot aduIt userI.
ate.
|$haded areas Ior shop use ooIyI
Feuular
L o F o
Couuents.
SKlS/SN0W0AF/SKl0AF
Serial No.
00TS
Model.
lNlN0S
rand.
F0LES
rand.
0ther.
E0ulFMENT T0TAL
Work Feuuested
Model
Sole Lenuth lcu.
Model.
Lenuth.
$
$
indinu-to-oot Adjustuent
Test for Elastic Travel & Feturn
Test of oot-indinu Couoatibilitv
Felease value Within Soecified Fanue
ue to svsteu couoonents that are out of standard or otherwise unsuitable,
the work cannot be oerforued. lSee C0MMENTS below
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
FASS FAlL N/A
8ELEA$E ININ $$IEM IN$FE6IIN Skier's Code
Euuiouent
Labor
Sub-Total
Tax
T0TAL $
.
.
.
8410009333 2005, Moore Wallace All rights reserved. - 0207
visual lndicator Settinus
ownhill Skiinu
lndicate Skier Tvoe.
L Toe
L heel
F Toe
F heel
Feuuested Settinus
L Toe
L heel
F Toe
F heel
FW F8E$$8E
IN $EIIIN
IE hEIhI
$68EW IEN$IN
WAkE/ EE
TECh lNlTlAL.
Name
LIAILII 8ELEA$E A8EEMENI
I uoderstaod that the biodiog syste caooot guaraotee the user's
saIety. ln downhill skiinu, and skiboardinu with skiboards euuiooed
with release bindinus, this bindinu svsteu will not release at all
tiues or under all circuustances where release uav orevent injurv
or death, nor is it oossible to oredict everv situation in which it
will release. ln snowboardinu, cross-countrv skiinu, skiboardinu
with skiboards euuiooed with non-release bindinus, snowshoeinu
and other soorts utilitinu euuiouent with non-release bindinus, the
bindinu svsteu will not ordinarilv release durinu use, these bindinus
are not desiuned to release as a result of forces uenerated durinu
ordinarv ooeration.
l understand that the soorts of skiinu, snowboardinu, skiboardinu,
snowshoeinu and other soorts lcollectivelv 'FECFEATl0NAL SN0W
SF0FTS' involve inherent and other risks of INJ8 and EAIh.
I voIuotariIy agree to expressIy assue aII risks oI iojury or death
that uav result frou these FECFEATl0NAL SN0W SF0FTS, or
which relate in anv wav to the use of this euuiouent.
l understand that a heluet desiuned for FECFEATl0NAL SN0W
SF0FTS use will helo reduce the risk of soue tvoes of injuries to
the user at slower soeeds. l recounite that serious injurv or death
can result frou both low and hiuh eneruv iuoacts, even when a
heluet is worn.
I A8EE I 8ELEA$E AN hL hA8MLE$$ the IaciIity serviciog
this equipeot, its epIoyees, owoers, aIIiIiates, ageots, oIIicers,
directors, aod the equipeot aouIacturers aod distributors aod
their successors io ioterest |coIIectiveIy "F8IE8$"I, Iro aII
IiabiIity Ior iojury, death, property Ioss aod daage which resuIts
Iro the equipeot user's participatioo io the 8E68EAIINAL
$NW $F8I$ Ior which the equipeot is provided, or which is
reIated io aoy way to the use oI this equipeot, iocIudiog aII
IiabiIity which resuIts Iro the oI F8IE8$, or
aoy other persoo or cause.
l further auree to defend and indeunifv FF0vlEFS for anv loss
or dauaue, includinu anv that results frou claius or lawsuits for
oersonal injurv, death, and orooertv loss and dauaue related in
anv wav to the use of this euuiouent.
This aureeuent is uoverned bv the aoolicable law of this state or
orovince. lf anv orovision of this aureeuent is deteruined to be
unenforceable, all other orovisions shall be uiven full force and
effect.
I, IhE NE8$INE, hAE 8EA AN NE8$IAN IhI$
LIAILII 8ELEA$E A8EEMENI.
user's Siunature.
ate.
Fareot/uardiao/Ageot. l verifv that l au the oarent, uuardian or
auent of the euuiouent user, l have the authoritv to enter into this
aureeuent on behalf of the euuiouent user, and l auree to be
bound bv the terus and conditions of this aureeuent.
Farent/0uardian/
Auent's Siunature.
ate.
retaIl systems > record keePIng > 20
Salomon workshop form*
partS (see page 66)
B1wSfM (U.S.only)
WorkshopForm
B10008 (Can. Bilingual)
WorkshopForm
note
*U.S.formshown.
reference
page # Section Name
19 Skier Instruction &
Warning
S
t
e
p

7
Binding
21
rental &
deMo Binding
SySteMS
preparation
Bindings are designed to be used with specifc norm boot soles, i.e., ju-
nior norm boot soles with junior bindings and adult norm boot soles with
adultbindings.Undernocircumstancesshouldajuniorbootbeusedwith
an adult binding. The C305 and S305 are designed for use with junior
norm boot soles and smaller adult norm boot soles.
Two jigs are needed to mount
current model Salomon rental
bindings. The jigs can be used for
both Synchro and non Synchro
Systems. Please refer to the
rental Jig Selection chart (right)
for the reference numbers.
See page 23 for Synchro pre-
set requirements. Contact your
customer service representative
for additional jigs to mount older
models of Salomon rental bind-
ings.
See Jig Selection & use on
page 8 for more information.
reference
page # Section Name
7 Boot-to-Binding
Compatibility
8 JigSelection&Use
24 RentalVisual&
Mechanical Inspections
27 Maintenance Records
Boot-to-Binding compatibility
Jig Selection
ForgeneralPreparationInstructions,pleaserefertopage 7.
All rental skis must have an Identifcation Number and a method to record maintenance and testing informa-
tion (e.g., Salomon sample Ski/Binding Maintenance record and Boot Maintenance record).
partS (see page 66)
001156 Adult Retail Jig
001003 Rental Jig
001040 Rental Jig Wide Skis
78313301ExtralightJig
rental Jig Selection chart
Models Din Scale
Jig Ref. #
Boot Sole
Range
(mm)
Synchro
Pre-Sets
Required
(Toe height
& Toe wings) S
k
i

w
i
d
t
h

5
6

-

9
9

m
m
W
i
d
e

s
k
i
s

8
0

-

1
2
3

m
m
Z12 SC 4 to 12
J
i
g

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
1
0
0
3
J
i
g

R
e
f
.

#

0
0
1
0
4
0
260 - 382
710SC 3 to 10 260 - 382
609 SC 2.5 to 9 260 - 382
609 SR 2.5 to 9 230 - 308
608 SC 2to7.5 260 - 382
607SR 2to7 230 - 308
305 SC 0.75to4.5 216 - 304
305 SR 0.75to4.5 190 - 246
TZ 5 SR 0.5 to 4.5 190 - 246
TZ 5 SC 0.5 to 4.5
#
24729001
216 - 304
TZ 5 Juniortrak 0.5 to 4.5 200 - 308
S
t
e
p

1
Proper
procedures for
a Salomon Certifed
Technician to follow
while mounting and
adjusting Salomon Rental
and Demo bindings.
Removed Z12 Ti SC,
Z10 Ti SC
Binding
rental & demo > PreParatIon 22
legend
Heel Track
Adjustment
Loop
Adjustment
Screw
VisualIndicator
Heel Lever
Heel Cup
Brake Pedal
Adjustment
Range
Indicators
Spheric Pedal/
AFD
Toe Cup
Toe Height
Adjustment
Screw
VisualIndicator
Adjustment
Screw
Toe Length
Adjustment
Screw
Brake Arm
Heel Housing
Baseplate
Lubrication
Point*
*UseSalomongrease(Ref.#000905)ontrack.
inStallation
The Salomon Synchro System is designed to simplify rental operations. Setup efforts of the system are
minimal,sincetheonlyextrastepforSynchrosetupistheplacementofSynchroSizingStickersonall
boots. Models released since 2004-2005 no longer even require sizing stickers the boot sole length (in
mm) is used instead.
partS (see page 66)
001156 Adult Retail Jig
001003 Rental Jig
001191 Wide Sizes Rental Sticker
006017 SC Synchro Sizing Stickers
006016 SR Synchro Sizing Stickers
001189 Salomon Boot Sole
Measuring Device
000902 Rental Adjustment Tool
There are two basic types of
Synchro System bindings: SC and
SR. While both have a moveable
heel piece, only the SC (Synchro
Center) models have a moveable
toe, allowing both the toe and heel
piece to be adjusted to center
the boot.
To set up the Synchro Systems,
you will need: Salomon rental bind-
ingswithSynchroHeelGuidesand
the parts listed below
$912 lIght
n-,
S
t
e
p

2
Sr Models (non-moveable toe) are
mounted using the Retail procedures.
non-Synchro System FollowSynchro
System procedures, omitting mea-
surementofbootsandaffxing
Synchro Stickers.
Sc Models (moveable toe) are
mounted using the procedures de-
scribed below.
first, set the jig to the proper posi-
tion. It is imperative that the jig be
set correctly and all bindings be
mountedatthecorrectposition.For
consistent mounting, drill the jig and
pin it in the correct position.
next, place the jig properly on the
ski, drill the ski and remove any
shavings. Place a drop of glue onto
the drilled holes. On SC (move able
toe) model bindings, mount the toe
plate securely with the four screws
provided fig. A. Move the adjust-
ment lever on the front of the toe to
the left and con tinue to slide the toe
onto the plate fig. S.
Slide the central plate onto the toe
piece, fig. D then position the heel
over the central plate and holes,
fig. F and tighten using a criss-
cross pattern.
2004/2005 and later Synchro
center Systems use color-coded
adjustment range indicators.
Simply read the boot sole length in
mms (stamped on the side of the
boot sole) and move the toe to the
corresponding mm length range
position fig. G. Each range is indi-
vidually color coded.
Then move the heel to the correct
color coded mm length mark shown
on the heel track cover fig. H.
Color coding makes it easier to read.
Forexample:whenthetoeisposi-
tionedintheyellow(296307mm)
range, look for the matching yel-
low rectangles (296 mm, 304 mm,
307mm)ontheheeltrackcover.
pre-2004 Synchro Systems
Older Synchro systems require the
use of Synchro Sizing Stickers which
give an alpha-numeric code for each
boot size . Measure all boots in in-
ventory with the Salomon Boot Sole
Measuring Device (Ref. #001189)
fig. Jandaffxtheappropriate
Synchro Sizing Sticker to each boot
(excludingshortmountedSpheric
Propulse models) fig. K.
Salomon Synchro System
A S F D
G H K J
Removed The system eliminates the
need to place a boot in the binding
to make adjustments, result ing in in-
creased overall effciency. It is possible
to reduce the amount of time spent on
adjustingeachsystembyupto40%.
Binding
rental & demo > InstallatIon > 23
Synchro center Models. Move
the button on the front of the toe
to the left, and slide the toe to the
Synchro position indicated. Ensure
thetoelocksfrmlyinplace.For
S850 and other non-current SC
models, push the toe back, de-
press the button on the left side
of the toe, and slide the toe into
position. fig. A The toe locks into
place automatically. The adjust-
ment is correct when the mid-sole
mark on the ski is aligned with the
mid-sole mark on the boot.
automatic Models.
Sport/Quadraxtoeshaveautomatic
toe height adjustment.
Micrometric Models.
Raise the toe by turning the ad-
justment screw, located on top of
the toe piece counterclockwise.
Pull the boot back and continue to
turn the adjustment screw coun-
terclockwise until you see light
between the boot sole and the
bindingAFD.Turnthescrewclock-
wise until the gap is no more than
0.5 mm or preset for Synchro sys-
tems using a preset toe height.*
finger adjustment Models.
Lift the adjustment loop at the
back of the heel and slide the
heel forward to the Synchro posi-
tion indicated or until the binding
heel cup contacts the boot heel.
fig. S Release the loop, push the
boot down and check the forward
pressure indicator. The silver tab
should be visible in the housing
window. fig. D (It is not neces-
sary to put the boot in the binding
for Synchro applications.)
S D
note
* Synchro presets.
Micrometric toe heights, inde-
pendent and simultaneous wing
adjustments can be preset using
a Standard norm Boot Sole (page
49) for Synchro applications. A
dab of silicone caulk can then be
put into the slot of the adjustment
screws to prevent tampering.
reference
page # Section Name
Adjustment
24 Pre-Season Inspections
Binding-to-Boot adJuStMentS
adjusting
toe height toe position
heel position / forward pressure
automatic wing adjustment
Models. Same as retail counter-
parts (see page 13).
independent wing adjustment
parts (see page 13) or preset for
Synchro systems using a preset
toe width.*
Simultaneous wing adjustment
parts (see page 13) or preset for
Synchro systems using a preset
toe width.*
toe cup width
A
S
t
e
p

3
Junior tZ 5 Sc installation
A S F D
G H
The TZ 5 SC comes with an interface
plate which must frst be installed
on the ski before sliding the toe and
heel pieces onto its tracks. Mounting
the TZ 5 SC interface plate requires
anewjig(ref.#24729001)though
the procedure should otherwise be
familiar.
center the jig on the ski and drill
asusual(refertoJigUseaswellas
DrillingTapping&Glueonpages
8 and 9).
Mount the TZ 5 SC interface on the
ski using the screws provided.
check the manual lock of the toe
piece is totally opened (fig. A)
and remove the brake lock from
the brake.
Slide the toe piece onto the front
of the interface until it corresponds
with or is just above your boot sole
length (fig. S). Make sure the toe
unit clicks into place.
close the manual lock (fig. D).
Slide the heel piece onto the back of
the heel track while holding up the
manual lock (fig. F) until it cor-
responds with or is just above your
boot sole length (fig. G). Make
sure the heel unit clicks into place.
caution: check again that the man-
ual lock of the toe piece is closed
(fig. H).
[Mike Aicher Jun 25] E2: I am of the
mind that we can remove this from
the manual. Anyone still using this
has over 3 year old inventory, and
they can refer to previous manuals
for the info.
Removed e2 Ski/
Boot/Binding System
Moved TZ 5 SC from
nextpage
Binding
All current Salomon rental bindings must be adjusted according to the 2008/2009 Salomon adjustment chart. This is the only
release adjustment chart authorized for Salomon bindings during the 2008/2009season.Foradetaileddescriptionofthecharts
and procedures recommended by Salomon, please refer to pages 14 & 15 of this Manual.
rental & demo > adjustments > 24
Preseason inspections are per-
formed on components of the
release system: bindings and boots.
All rental bindings, new and used,
are visually inspected, and then
tested using specially selected
Reference Boots. Bindings that fail
go through a troubleshooting proce-
dure to identify and correct the de-
viation or malfunction. If this proce-
dure does not correct the problem,
the binding is removed from inven-
tory. All rental boots, new and used,
are visually inspected for damage,
wear, contamination, broken or
missing parts, or inferior materials
at contact points with the binding.
In addition, one boot per cell is
tested for boots that are new to the
rental inventory. A cell is all boots
of the same make, model, age, and
shell size. A random selection of
5%ofallboots,previouslyaccepted
into inventory, is also tested. Tests
are performed with a test device and
a pair of specially selected reference
bindings. If a boot fails, all boots
from that cell are then tested. Boots
that fail and cannot be repaired are
removed from inventory.
ThemechanicalinspectionsdiscussedinthissectionarerequiredofU.S.dealersandarestrongly recommended for Canadian dealers, both
in the interest of consumer protection and as a sound risk-management strategy. Maintenance records must be kept for all bindings and
bootsininventoryforbothpre-seasonandin-seasoninspections.OnlyPass/Failresultsshouldberecorded.Ifbindingsareswitchedfrom
one pair of skis to another, this should be noted on the records. To receive indemnifcation from Salomon, maintenance records must be kept
on fle for fve years or the statute of limitations in your state or province, whichever is longer.
releaSe Value Selection & adJuStMent
2008/2009 Salomon adjustment chart
rental ViSual & Mechanical inSpection
S
t
e
p

6
S
t
e
p

5
S
t
e
p

4
Since it is impractical to perform a
full inspection each time a system
is rented, a routine of preseason
and inseason inspections has been
developed to verify release indi-
cator accuracy, confrm correct
equipment function, and assure
proper assembly and adjustment
procedures by the rental shop
staff.Fullyimplemented,thepro-
cedures that follow provide rental
shop customers a standard of care
equivalent to that provided retail
shop customers under current ISO
[and ASTM] standards.
rental inspection Summary
pre-Season inspection
inseason inspection
Inseason inspections are performed
on complete rental systems to ensure
that the equipment is adjusted appro-
priately and continues to function cor-
rectly.Typically5%oftherentalinven-
tory is tested during each two weeks
sampling period. The random sample
is equally divided between equipment
that is available for rental and equip-
ment that has just been rented. The
equipment in the as rented category
is from real skiers in the condition in
which it is either dispatched or re-
turned, while the available for rental
equipment may be set up for fctitious
skiers. Only single skis, not pairs, are
tested, and testing at the toe is only
required in one direction. A count is
maintainedoftestresultsthatexceed
allowable limits. The magnitude and
frequency of these deviations deter-
mines the frequency of future inspec-
tions. Shops that fail an inspection
must sample daily until the source of
the problem is found and corrected.
Then, as inspection results improve,
the frequency of sampling and inspec-
tionisrelaxed.
important terms
correction factor: The value that
must be added or subtracted from the
initial visual indicator setting to bring
the test result within the Inspection
Tolerance (or Inspection Range).
directions of release: Unless
otherwise specifed (see Inseason
Inspection), the directions of release
to be tested are forward lean and
clockwise and counter clockwise
in twist.
test device: A device that meets ISO
standard 11110 [or ASTM standard
F1061]andhasbeencheckedand
maintained in the manner specifed by
the device manufacturer.
test result or release torque: The
middle quantitative value of three
tests made in the same direction.
Binding
rental & demo > InsPectIon > 25
rental ViSual & Mechanical inSpection > (continued)
preseason inspection
inspection procedures
reference Boot Selection
The Reference Boot is a boot of a
designated sole length that is oth-
erwise typical of the boot inventory.
Usetheprocedurebelowiftheboot
inventory includes several models
and a representative boot cannot be
easily identifed.
1. Select fve single boots with sole
lengths as specifed in table a
for the binding type to be tested:
adult, junior, or child.
2. Clean all fve boots with a mild
detergent and water.
3. Adjust a rental binding to the re-
lease indicator setting specifed
in table a for the binding type.
4. Fitthebindingtothebootsand
determine the Release Torque
in all three directions of release
(forward lean and both direc-
tions in twist).
5. Average the Release Torque for
CW and CCW twist release.
6. Reject and replace any boot with
a CW to CCW difference of more
than 6 Nm for adult boots or
4 Nm when testing child boot
types.
7. Rankthefvetwistresultsand
select as the Reference Boot for
twist, the middle boot.
8. Rank the fve forward lean re-
sults and select as the Reference
Boot for forward lean, the middle
boot.
preseason Binding inspection
The procedure that follows is an
integral part of preseason main-
tenance. It is also a good way to de-
termine if maintenance is adequate
and which units have outlived their
usefulness and must be removed
from inventory.
1. Clean areas of the bindings that
contact the boot and perform
all preseason binding mainte-
nance.
2. Visuallyormanuallycheck:
AFDcondition.
Brakesfunction.
Releaseindicatorreadability
and travel.
Screwtightness.
[otherproductspecifcin-
spections if required]
3. Fiteachbindingtothe
Reference Boot and adjust the
release indicators to the value
in table a.
4. Check that the heel track and
toe track code (if any) agree
with the sole length code (if
any) of the Reference Boot.
5. With the Reference Boot in the
binding, verify elastic travel of
the toe piece by striking the
boot toe with a mallet or dead
hammer and checking that
the toe piece returns the boot
quickly and completely to cen-
ter.
6. Verifyelastictraveloftheheel
piece by lifting the boot while
depressing the heel piece cock-
ing lever and checking that
the heel piece returns the boot
quickly and completely to the
latched position. [other product
specifc procedures if required]
7. Manuallyreleasethebinding3
times in each direction.
8. Lubricate all boot/binding inter-
faces with a mild liquid deter-
gent and water solution.
9. With the Ski Binding Test
Device determine the Release
Torque for each direction of
release (forward lean and both
directions in twist).
10. Record PASS in the bind-
ings maintenance record if
Test Results are within the
Inspection Ranges provided in
table a.
11. Set the ski aside if the Test
Result in any directions of re-
lease is outside the Inspection
Range in table a.
12.FollowTroubleshooting
Procedure from the binding
manufacturers tech manual for
units that have been set aside
and retest if changes in the
units condition or adjustment
are made.
13.RecordFAILinthebindings
maintenance record if, after
troubleshooting, test results in
any direction of release are out-
sidetheIn-UseRange.Replace
the failed unit and retest be-
fore returning the ski to service.
14. If after troubleshooting,
Test Results are outside the
Inspection Range but within
theIn-UseRange,applya
CorrectionFactortotheunit
andnotetheCorrectionFactor
for that unit in the bindings
maintenance record.
15. If many bindings fail, check the
test device and re-inspect the
Reference Boot. If necessary,
select another boot and retest
the bindings.
preseason Boot preparation
The procedure that follows is an
integral part of preseason main-
tenance.
1. Clean all boots with [a mild
detergent and water], and repair
or replace damaged or missing
parts.
2. Visuallycheck:
ConformancewithISOand
other applicable standards. If
the boot contacts the binding,
brake,orAFDinareasother
than the designated contact
points, it may be incompat-
ible with the binding. [product
specifc fgure or description]
Bootmaterial.Ifthesole
at the contact points with
thebindingorAFDcanbe
scratched with a fnger nail,
the boot may be of inferior
quality and incompatible with
the binding.
Bootsolecondition.Ifthe
boot sole is damaged, worn,
or contaminated at contact
pointswiththebindingorAFD
in a manner which can not be
corrected, the boot may be
incompatible with the binding.
Brakecompatibilitywithsole.
Rubberand/ormetalsole
protectors. If such materials
contactthebindingorAFD
the boot may be incompatible
with the binding.
Moldfashings.Flashing
which can be seen or felt at
contact points with the bind-
ing,brake,orAFDmustbe
carefully removed.
3. Remove from inventory all
boots that have failed the visual
check.
preseason Boot Sampling
Although sampling eliminates the
need to test every boot before the
season starts, the sample cho-
sen must be representative of the
inventory.
1. Forbootsthatarenewtoinven-
tory or have never been in-
spected, take a single boot from
each cell (a cell is all boots of
the same make, model, year,
and shell size).
2. Forusedboots,takea5%(but
not less than 16 or more than
80) random sample of the en-
tire inventory. Make sure that
there is at least one boot from
each cell in the sample.
reference
page # Section Name
16 FinalChecking
16 Test for Elastic Travel &
Return
17 ReleaseValueWithin
Specifed Range
18 Troubleshooting
Dimensions
table a : preseason Binding inspection*
Skier
Code
Binding
Type
Sole
Length
(mm)
Release
Indicator
Setting
Reference Torque
(Nm)
Inspection Range
(Nm)
In-Use Range
(Nm)
Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward Lean
F Children 270 2.5 25 94 21-29 80-108 17-31 66-122
J Junior 306 4.5 45 175 38-52 149-201 31-59 122-228
L Adult 327 6.0 60 239 51-69 203-275 42-78 167-311
*Thisisanexampleonly.Checkthemanufacturerstechmanualbeforeproceeding
S
t
e
p

5
S
t
e
p

6
Ref.: July 11th phone
conference call
Binding
inspection procedures (continued)
preseason Boot inspection
The procedure that follows helps to
assure both boot/binding compat-
ibility and boot interchange ability.
Note: when using table a, in the
Boot Inspection procedures that
follow, the Sole Length and Release
Indicator Setting columns should
be ignored.
1. Randomly select a pair of
bindings that have passed the
preseason inspection from each
binding type; adult, junior, child.
2. Lubricate all boot/binding con-
tact points with a mild liquid
detergent.
3. Without regard to whether the
boot is new or used, sort the
sample by sole type and length
according to the 20mm Sole
Length Categories defned by
the binding manufacturers
ReleaseValueSelection.
4. In each Sole Length Category
rank the boots by sole length
and select the middle boot.
5. In each Sole Length Category ft
the appropriate reference bind-
ings to this typical boot and
adjust the two bindings to re-
lease as close as practical to the
Reference Torque in table a.
UsetheReferenceTorquecor-
responding to Skier Code [L]
for the Adult binding, [J] for the
Junior binding, and [J] for the
Child binding.
6. Rinse the lubricant from one
binding and mark it clean.
Mark the other lubricated.
7. TesteachbootintheSole
Length Category with the clean
Reference Binding and then the
lubricated Reference Binding
in both twist and forward lean
(only one direction in twist is
required for the clean binding).
8. Set aside any boots for which
the lubricated Test Result is
morethan20%lessthanthe
clean Test Result in the same
direction of release or the lubri-
cated Test Result, in any direc-
tion of release, is outside of the
Inspection Range provided in
table a for the Skier Code used
to set up the Reference Binding
(L,J,orF).
9. RepeattheVisualCheckonall
boots that have been set aside,
correct any defects noted, and
retest. Remove from inventory
boots that fail the retest.
10. Check all other boots from the
same cell (make, model, year,
and shell size) as those that
failed.
note: On completion of the pre-
season inspection, clean the liquid
detergent from the equipment (and
lubricate the binding before return-
ing it to service).
S
t
e
p

6
S
t
e
p

5
inseason Sampling and inspection
The Inseason Inspection is a test of
complete systems and all the pro-
cedures used by the rental staff to
assemble and adjust the system.
The program uses random samples
of rental inventory taken at routine
intervals. Any sampling program
that gives every unit of inventory
the same chance as every other of
being picked is valid.
Sample frequency
Random sampling is conducted
throughout the entire season.
Frequencyisasfollows:
1.After7daysofoperation.
2.Ifthesamplepasses,thenext
samplingistakenafteranother7
days of operation.
3. If two consecutive samples pass,
sampling frequency is increased
to 14 days.
4. If a sample fails at any time,
daily sampling is instituted until
two consecutive samples pass,
at which point weekly sampling
resumes.
Sample Size
Samplesizeis5%ofinventorybut
not less than 16 nor more than 80
units as noted in table B. Sample
size is based on average daily out-
put. If rental output drops below
50%ofcapacityoverthesampling
period, the sample size can be re-
duced proportionately.
inseason inspection
1. Take a random sample of the
rental inventory as determined
by table B. Take half the sample
from inventory as it is either
rented or returned and the re-
mainder from inventory avail-
able for rental.
2. Wipe the boot clean and cycle
the boot/binding systems at
least once in each direction.
3. Test sample units in Twist (one
directiononly)andForwardLean.
4. Compare the Test Results with
the Inspection Range for the ap-
propriate Skier Code.
5. If the results are within the
Inspection Range, the unit passes.
6. If the results are outside
Inspection Range but within the
In-UseRange,counttheunitas
a Class I Deviation.
7. IftheresultsareoutsidetheIn-
UseRange,counttheunitasa
Class II Deviation.
8. Check elastic travel and visually
inspect the ski brake function,
interface areas between boot
andbinding,includingAFD,lug
height adjustment (if appropri-
ate), and forward pressure.
Count any defciencies as Class
I Deviations.
9. Ifmorethanthemaximum
number of Class I Deviations
given in table B are found in
the sample, or a single Class II
Deviation is detected the sample
fails and daily sampling must
be conducted until the problem
that led to the failed sample
is found and corrected. See
the Troubleshooting chapter
of the binding manufacturers
technical manual following a
failed Inseason Inspection.
10. Record the date the sample
was tested, the number of units
tested, the number of Class I
and Class II (or III) Deviations,
whether the sample passed or
failed and any actions taken.
There is no need to record the
identity of units tested or actual
Test Results.
table B : Sample Size
Inventory
Size
(Pairs)
Sample
Size
(Units)
Maximum
Class I
Deviations
100 16 3
200 20 4
300 30 6
400 40 8
500 50 10
600 60 12
700 70 14
800 80 16
900 80 16
reference
page # Section Name
16 FinalChecking
16 Test for Elastic Travel &
Return
17 ReleaseValueWithin
Specifed Range
18 Troubleshooting
demo inspections > incomplete Systems
Skis
Bindings intended for demo appli-
cations, where customers supply
their own boots, must be inspected
using the procedures described
for rental equipment. Whenever a
demo or rental binding is used with
a customers own boot, inspect the
customers boot for Boot/Binding
compatibility as described on
page 16. Reject any boots that fail
visual inspection. Both boots of
the pair must be inspected and the
boot sole lengths of both boots
verifed.
Boots
Whenever customers rent boots
for use with their own skis, the
customers binding system must
be mechanically inspected (us-
ing the rental boot) according to
procedures described for retail
equipment.
Binding
Maintenance records
Ski/Binding Maintenance record
invenory #:

Ski Serial #:

Binding Model:
Date of Service/Inspection
Repairs/Service
Performed
V
i
s
u
a
l

I
n
s
p
e
c
t
i
o
n
Correction Factors Left Ski Right Ski
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
i
a
n
s

I
n
i
t
i
a
l
s
Left Right Twist
F
o
r
w
a
r
d

L
e
a
n
Twist
F
o
r
w
a
r
d

L
e
a
n

Toe Heel Toe Heel
Boot Maintenance record
invenory #:

Boot Model:

Sole length:
Date of
Service/Inspection
Norm Compatible
Interchangeable
All Adjustments/Parts
Functionsl
Repairs/Service
Performed
Clean Test Lubricated Test
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
i
a
n
s

I
n
i
t
i
a
l
s
Twist
F
o
r
w
a
r
d

L
e
a
n
Twist
F
o
r
w
a
r
d

L
e
a
n

Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise
Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise
S
t
e
p

5
S
t
e
p

6
Binding
rental Skier instrucion & warning
It is the Dealers responsibility to adequately assist each rental customer in equipment selection and to prop-
erly ft rental boots. Instructions regarding proper use of equipment must also be given at the time rental
equipment is provided.
rental & demo > record keePIng > 28
When the Certifed Technician
signsorinitialstheRentalForm,
the technician is attesting that all
functional and instructional pro-
cedures have been completed. To
reduce your shops liability risk and
to receive indemnifcation from
Salomon, you must take the fol-
lowing steps when the skier re-
ceives their equipment. (The indi-
vidual picking up the equipment
must be the intended user, or in
the case of a minor, the users par-
ent or guardian.)
1. Show how to step into the bind-
ing.
2. Show how to step out of the
binding.
3. Point out the visual indicator
settings on the bindings toe
and heel pieces. The skier must
verify that these settings agree
with the settings recorded on
theRentalForm.
4. Ask the skier to read the
Liability Release Agreement.
Point out that the skier is sign-
ing a release that limits liabil-
ity. Included in this Liability
Release Agreement is the
specifc warning that bindings
will not release under all cir-
cumstances where release may
prevent injury or death, nor is it
possible to predict every situa-
tion in which they will release,
and are, therefore, no guarantee
of safety.
5. The skier must understand that
there are inherent and other
risks in the sport of skiing.
6. The skier* must then sign and
datetheRentalForm.
7. The skier must be given a copy
of the rental form that includes
a signed copy of the Liability
Release Agreement.
reference
page # Section Name
16 FinalChecking&System
Inspection
29 SalomonRentalForm
29 Equipment Rental
& Liability Release
Agreement
30 Post Accident Ski
Equipment Inspection
Report
note
* On the 2008/2009 Salomon Rental
Form,theskier(orinthecaseof
a minor, the skiers parent or legal
guardian) must sign and date the
Liability Release Agreement.
rental record keeping
Proper rental record keeping is key to your shops risk management program. Without a properly flled out
form, including a signed Liability Release Agreement, indemnifcation from Salomon will not apply.
ARentalFormmustbeflledout
foreachrentaltransaction(ex-
change of equipment is considered
to be a transaction). A Liability
Release Agreement the same as
or the equivalent to the Salomon
Liability Release Agreement must
beincludedontheRentalForm.
The skier must read, under stand,
sign and date this release. A copy
of the properly flled out Rental
Formmustbekeptonfleforfve
years or the statute of limitations
of the state or province, whichever
is longer. Multiple skier forms that
allow each skier to read and sign
the same form may be used if the
form meets the requirements out-
lined in this section. It is recom-
mended that the form be reviewed
by Salomons Legal department
prior to use. The person who signs
the rental form must be the skier
who is going to use the rental
equipment. In the case of a minor
skier, the signature on the form
must be that of the skiers parent
or legal guardian.
The following is a list of informa-
tion that should be recorded for
every rental transaction. It is not
necessary to use a Salomon Rental
Form,butanyformthattheshop
uses must include the informa-
tion* listed below. Without this
information*, indemnifcation will
not apply.
1. *Rental dates.
2. *Name and home address of
the skier.
3. Skiers home phone number.
4. Skiers identifcation.
5. *Skiers height, weight, age,
and skier type.
6. *Boots' inventory number. (If
the skier is using their own
boots, the boot brand, model
and sole length must be in-
dicatedontheRentalForm
and the boot must pass visual
examination.)
7. *Skis'inventorynumber.(If
the skier is using their own
skis, the system would fall
under Retail guidelines and a
complete system inspection,
including a mechanical inspec-
tion, must be performed and
documented on a Workshop
Form.)
8. *VisualIndicatorSettings.
9. *Salomon Certifed
Technicians signature or ini-
tials attesting that all required
procedures have been com-
pleted.
10. Rental fee.
11. *Liability Release Agreement
that is either the same as, or
the substantial equivalent of,
the Salomon release. Consult
your shops legal advisor to
be sure the language and type
size of this agreement con-
forms to state or provincial
law. If a form other than the
Salomon form is used, the
language shall accomplish
the same purpose and have
the same legal effect as the
language contained in the
Salomon agreement.
12. *Skiers signature (in the case
of a minor skier, the signa-
ture on the form must be that
of the skiers parent or legal
guardian) and date attesting
that the skier:
a. Has been instructed in the
proper use of the equip-
ment.
b. Has verifed that the visual
indicator settings corre-
spond to the recorded visual
indicator settings.
c. Has read and understands
the Rental and Liability
Release Agreement on the
rental form, releasing the
shop from liability.
S
t
e
p

7
Binding
Salomon rental form*
reference
page # Section Name
28 Rental Skier Instruction &
Warning
partS
B1rSfM (U.S.)SalomonRentalForm
B10019 (CAN)SalomonRentalForm
note
*U.S.formshown.TheCanadian
equivalent to this form has bilin-
gual content.
EIFMENI 8ENIAL & LIAILII 8ELEA$E A8EEMENI
FLEA$E F8INI 6LEA8L
|shaded areas Ior shop use ooIyI
ate
0ut.
ate
ue.
First Last M.l.
Naue.
Street
Citv
river's Lic.t
Fhone t
Your Weiuht Lbs.
State Zio
$taoce. lcheck one
Feuular 0oofv
Your heiuht ft. in. Aue
l have accuratelv reoresented the above listed inforuation and it is true and correct. l will not use anv of the euuiouent to be orovided to
ue durinu this transaction until l have received instruction on its use and function. l auree to verifv that the visual indicator settinus to be
recorded on this foru for downhill ski euuiouent, and skiboards euuiooed with release bindinus, auree with the nuuber aooearinu in the
visual indicator windows of the euuiouent to be listed on this foru.
visual lndicator Settinus
Technician's Siunature.
Sole Lenuth & Svnchro t lownhill Skiinu.
Euuiouent Subtotal.
Euuiouent auaue Frotection.
Fole Code.
Total.
l acceot for use A$ I$ the euuiouent listed on this foru, and acceot full financial resoonsibilitv for the care of the euuiouent
while it is in uv oossession. l will be resoonsible for the reolaceuent at full value of anv euuiouent rented under this foru,
but not returned to the rental facilitv. l auree to return all rental euuiouent bv the aureed date.
l understand that the bindinu svsteu cannot uuarantee the user's safetv. ln downhill skiinu, and skiboardinu with skiboards
euuiooed with release bindinus, the bindinu svsteu will not release at all tiues or under all circuustances where release
uav orevent injurv or death, nor is it oossible to oredict everv situation in which it will release. ln snowboardinu,
cross-countrv skiinu, skiboardinu with skiboards euuiooed with non-release bindinus, snowshoeinu and other soorts utilitinu
euuiouent with non-release bindinus, the bindinu svsteu will not ordinarilv release durinu use, these bindinus are not
desiuned to release as a result of forces uenerated durinu ordinarv ooeration.
l understand that the soorts of skiinu, snowboardinu, skiboardinu, snowshoeinu and other soorts lcollectivelv 'FECFEATl0NAL
SN0W SF0FTS' involve inherent and other risks of INJ8 and EAIh. I voIuotariIy agree to expressIy assue aII risks oI
iojury or death that uav result frou these FECFEATl0NAL SN0W SF0FTS, or which relate in anv wav to the use of this
euuiouent.
l understand that a heluet desiuned for FECFEATl0NAL SN0W SF0FTS use will helo reduce the risk of soue tvoes of
injuries to the user at slower soeeds. l recounite that serious injurv or death can result frou both low and hiuh eneruv
iuoacts, even when a heluet is worn.
I A8EE I 8ELEA$E AN hL hA8MLE$$ the equipeot reotaI IaciIity, its epIoyees, owoers, aIIiIiates, ageots, oIIicers,
directors, aod the equipeot aouIacturers aod distributors aod their successors io ioterest |coIIectiveIy "F8IE8$"I, Iro
aII IiabiIity Ior iojury, death, property Ioss aod daage which resuIts Iro the equipeot user's participatioo io the
8E68EAIINAL $NW $F8I$ Ior which the equipeot is provided, or which is reIated io aoy way to the use oI this
equipeot, iocIudiog aII IiabiIity which resuIts Iro the oI F8IE8$, or aoy other persoo or cause.
l further auree to defend and indeunifv FF0vlEFS for anv loss or dauaue, includinu anv that results frou claius or
lawsuits for oersonal injurv, death, and orooertv loss and dauaue related in anv wav to the use of this euuiouent.
This aureeuent is uoverned bv the aoolicable law of this state or orovince. lf anv orovision of this aureeuent is deteruined
to be unenforceable, all other orovisions shall be uiven full force and effect.
I IhE NE8$INE, hAE 8EA AN NE8$IAN IhI$ EIFMENI 8ENIAL & LIAILII 8ELEA$E A8EEMENI.
user's Siunature.
Fareot/uardiao. lf euuiouent user is a uinor, l verifv that l have the authoritv to enter into this aureeuent on behalf of the
euuiouent user and l auree to be bound bv all terus and conditions of this aureeuent.
Farent/0uardian's Siunature.
Local Accouuodations
ate.
ate.
Ski/oard l..t
$
$
$
ownhill Skiinu
Snowboard
lndicate skier tvoe
oot l..t
AckoowIedgeeot oI FersooaI IoIoratioo & Equipeot Iostructioos
Euuiouent user's Siunature. Farent/0uardian Siunature lif reuuired.
L Toe
L heel
F Toe
F heel
State
Total Fental avs.
Feuuested Settinus
L Toe
L heel
F Toe
F heel
T h
S
t
e
p

7
Binding
post accident Ski equipment inspection report form
APostAccidentSkiEquipmentInspectionReportFormthesameasorequivalenttotheformprovidedmustbe
flled out if a person returns the equipment, whether the equipment is theirs or belongs to someone else, and
claims that they or someone else were injured. The report must be completed with as is mechanical inspection
measured release values. An insuffcient or improperly completed form may cause denial of indemnifcation.
general information
Allinformationshouldbeprinted
clearly.
Anymistakesshouldbecorrected
and initialed.
Ifinformationisunknown,mark
UNKintheappropriatearea.
Ifinformationdoesnotapply,mark
N/A in the appropriate area.
Skier information Section
Skierinformationshouldbetaken
from the rental or workshop form.
Accident/injuryinformationshould
be taken from the ski patrol acci-
dent report (if available).
equipment information Section
Informationshouldbetakenfrom
the visual inspection of equipment.
equipment inspection/tests
Section
RefertothemostcurrentShop
Practices Manual for Standard
Boot Sole information.
Equipmentinspectionsshouldbe
conducted on the equipment as
is.
Inspectionofbindingadjust-
ments should be in accordance
with recommendations set forth in
the most current Shop Practices
Manual.
Systemvisualinspectionsshould
be in accordance with recommen-
dations set forth in the most cur-
rent Shop Practices Manual.
Mechanicalinspectiontestsshould
be conducted at room temperature.
Themechanicaltestingdevice
should be properly calibrated and
operated in the manner recom-
mended by the device manufac-
turer.
Mechanicaltestsshouldbecon-
ducted on the equipment as is.
Testresultsshouldberecordedin
Newton meters.
facility/personnel/testing device
Section
TheInspectionTechnicianshould
be a current Salomon
Certifed Technician.
Thereportshouldbereviewedby
the shop manager.
inspection report instructions
Skier information
NAME
v
accident date
height
v
weight
v
age
v
SeX (circle one)
v
Skier type (circle one)
M f 1 2 3 -1 3+
inJury
right or left (circle one)
v
Ski area
r l
equipment information
Ski Make
v
Model
v
length
Serial no.
v
rental i.d. no. (if applicable)
Boot Make
v
Model
v
SiZe
Boot Sole length in mm
v
rental i.d. no. (if applicable)
Binding Make
v
Model
toe ViSual indicator (din) Scale
v
heel ViSual indicator (din) Scale
to to
rental forward preSSure (Synchro) Setting(S):
equipment inspection/tests
right Ski/Binding/Boot left Ski/Binding/Boot
n/a yeS no (check one) n/a yeS no (check one)
Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards
All boot parts present, working correctly All boot parts present, working correctly
AFDOKandintact AFDOKandintact
ForwardPressurecorrect ForwardPressurecorrect
Toe Height correct Toe Height correct
Toe Wings set correctly Toe Wings set correctly
Brake fully functional Brake fully functional
Ski damaged (bent etc.) Ski damaged (bent etc.)
System passes visual inspections System passes visual inspections
Rental heel forward pressure setting correct Rental heel forward pressure setting correct
ViSual indicator SettingS ViSual indicator SettingS
toe: heel: toe: heel:
clockwiSe twiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS* clockwiSe twiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS*
i ii iii i ii iii
counterclockwiSe twiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS* counterclockwiSe twiSt MeaSured releaSe ValueS*
i ii iii i ii iii
forward lean MeaSured releaSe ValueS* forward lean MeaSured releaSe ValueS*
i ii iii i ii iii
* record the number of results recommended by the manufacturer of the testing device. if not certain, record 3 values for each test.
facility/personnel/testing device
Shop naMe
v
inSpection technician
v
date
report reViewed By
v
date
v
teSting deVice Brand
v
Model

post accident Ski equipment
inspection report
workshop/rental form no.
S
t
e
p

7
Binding
maIntenance & rePaIr > 31
Binding Maintenance
& repair
Proper maintenance of rental systems
includes a complete inspection of the
entire rental inventory prior to the ski
season. Bindings should be cleaned,
inspected and lubricated in the follow-
ing manner:
Inspectallcomponentsofeach
setfordamageorexcessivewear.
Repairorreplacedamagedorex-
cessively worn parts and/or compo-
nents.
Removetheheelbyslidingthehous-
ing off the rear of the heeltrack*.
Cleantheexposedareasofthecom-
ponents with a cloth or rag. Wipe
any dirt or grit from the binding
housings, heel track and the region
under the heel cup. Do not use sol-
vents or high pressure liquid clean-
ing systems to clean bindings.
ApplySalomonGrease(Ref.
#000905) or the equivalent to the
lubrication points indicated for each
model. Do not use silicone or pen-
etrating oils unless the lubricant is
specifcally approved.
Replacetheheelonthetrack.
Thisshouldbefollowedbyperiodic
in-season inspections and when a
binding looks particularly dirty or if
visual inspection reveals that some-
thing may be wrong. This helps
to ensure that all components are
functioning correctly.
Never attempt to interchange any SR,
SC or retail toe baseplates or heel
tracks with other model baseplates or
heel tracks.
rental post Season Storage
To prepare rental equipment for sum-
mer storage:
Allbindingvisualindicatoradjust-
ments should be reduced to the low-
est setting. Do not attempt to adjust
the release setting below the lowest
setting as damage may result.
Thebindingheelsshouldbestored
in the closed position.
Theequipmentshouldbestoredin
a cool, dry and ventilated area away
from direct sunlight.
retail & rental guidelines
Maintenance & repair
retail guidelines
rental guidelines
Salomon bindings require a mini-
mum of maintenance to enhance
performance and their useful life.
They should be cleaned, inspected
and lubricated prior to each season
and every 30 skier days per season
as follows:
Inspectallcomponentsfordam-
ageorexcessivewear.Repairor
replacedamagedorexcessively
worn parts and/or components.
Cleantheexposedareasofthe
components with a cloth or rag.
Wipe any dirt or grit from the
binding housings, heel track and
the region under the heel cup. Do
not use solvents or high pressure
liquid cleaning systems to clean
bindings.
ApplySalomonGrease(Ref.
#000905) or the equivalent to the
lubrica tion points indicated for
the appropriate model. Do not use
silicone or penetrating oils unless
the lubricant is specifcally ap-
proved.
Recommendtotheskierthat
routine maintenance and inspec-
tions be performed by a Salomon
Authorized Dealer. This will help
ensure that any problem that
may develop with the system can
be detected and corrected by a
trained technician.
Any incorrect use of a Salomon part or accessory or installation of a non-compatible brand accessory with a
Salomon system will automatically void both the warranty and indemnifcation for that system.
All Salomon bindings have
replaceableAFDs.SpecifcAFDitem
numbers can be found in the Salomon
Spare Parts catalog (page 66) and
ordered by contacting your customer
service representative.
note
* To remove heel pieces on tracks
with heel locks, loosen the rear
mounting screws at least three
turns. Pull the heel piece back ward
while lifting it up over the heel
lock. To replace the heel pieces,
follow the removal proce dure in re-
verse and tighten the rear mount-
ing screws securely.
cants > acceptable use
Thecantsareofahighgradema-
terial designed for this use.
Thecantsareinstalledinaprofes-
sional manner.
Properscrewpenetrationintothe
ski meets current norms.
Thecantsdonotimpedethebind-
ings function as it was designed,
including proper function of the
brake.
Salomon bindings should not be altered in any way except as explicitly outlined in this manual.
the use of cants with Salomon bindings is acceptable, provided:
Binding
maIntenance & rePaIr > guIdelInes > 32
Screw extractor/repair kit
SalomonoffersaScrewExtractor/
RepairKit(Ref.#000878)tore-
move/ replace broken binding
mounting screws. The kit comes
with two different length bits and
a quantity of repair plugs. fig. A
Repair plugs may be ordered sepa-
rately.
Stripped Screw holes
Followinstructionsfortheinstalla-
tion of repair plugs (below).
Broken Screw or Broken tap
removal
When a screw or tap breaks in a
ski, it must be removed to avoid
further damage. It can be removed
as follows:
fit the extractor drill bit into the
electric drill with the shoulder
touching the chuck.
position the appropriate jig onto
the ski with the jig bushing directly
over the broken screw or tap.
drill slowly around the broken
piece using an up-and-down move-
ment to let the shavings escape.
Usecautionnottohitthebroken
piece.
continue to drill until the chuck
touches the bushings of the jig.
This is the correct drilling depth
of 10 mm.
remove the broken piece inside the
extractorbitwithapairofpliers.
turn the ski over and hit the base
lightly to remove all shavings.
follow instructions for the installa-
tion of repair plugs (below).
re-mount the binding.
clean theextractorbitaftereach
use.
installation of repair plugs
Theexistingholemayneedtobe
widened using an 8 mm diameter
bit, however do not drill more than
10 mm deep.
place a drop of glue onto the top
of the hole.
tap a repair plug into the hole with
a hammer until it is fush with the
topskin of the ski.
A
Maintenance & repair > (continued)
afd/Scp replacement
tZ 5, tZ 5 Sc & lZ 7-8-9 anti friction plate replacement
other Models
1. Dismount the toe piece from the interface or from the ski.
2. RemovetheAFDfromthetoepiecebaseplate.
3. PositionthereplacementAFDonthebaseplateandpressitintoplace.
4. Remount the toe piece.
A S D F
Salomon control pedal replacement
All Salomon bindings have replaceable
SCPs. The specifc SCP item numbers
can be found in the Salomon Spare
parts catalog (page 66), though some
SCP Reference Numbers are listed in
the chart below..
Replacement procedures for SCPs
are as follows.
for toes mounted on interfaces and
Skis (Smartrak grip/grip plus, Sc,
and itf)
1. Dismount the Toe piece from the
Ski or The Interface by completely
loosening the mounting screws.
2. Dismount manually the SCP on
the Toe piece.
3. Take the new SCP and mount it
manually under the Toe piece.
4. Tighten the Toe piece on the ski or
the Interface (4Nm torque).
for toes mounted on Smartrak
prolink/control/response
1. Put the Toe Piece out the
Interface.
2. Dismount the Toe piece from the
Set by completely loosening the
mounting screws.
3. Dismount manually the
SCP+Stirrup on the toe piece.
4. Take the new Set SCP+Stirrup and
mount it manually under the Toe
piece.
5. Tighten the Toe piece on the
Stirrup (4Nm torque).
6. Remount the Toe piece on the
Interface.
Scp reference numbers
Scp ref. n Binding / System
78830001 914FIS20/914
78830101
Z12 Ti, Z12, Z12 Ti SC,
Z10TiAxe+,Z10TI,
Z10FIS20,Z10TiSC,
Z10,710Ti,710SC,
710,710ITF.
78829401 Smartrak Prolink +914
78829501
Smartrak Prolink &
Smartrak Control+ Z14,
Z12,Z10,711
78829601
Smartrak Prolink &
Smartrak Control+ Z12
Ti,Z10Ti,710Ti
note
Forinstructionsonreplacingthe
AFDonQuadraxmodels,pleaserefer
to the 2006-2007 Salomon Shop
practices Manual
ForinstructionsonreplacingtheAFD
onSphericPerformanceandS710Ti
Spheric models, please refer to the
2005-2006 Salomon Shop practices
Manual
1. Insert a 6-8 mm wide screwdriver
at the front of the plate. fig. A
2. Move over the screwdriver to
eject the plate. fig. S
3. Place the new plate and hand clip
it. fig. D & F
Junior performance afd upgrade
tZ 5, tZ 5 Sc, tc45, and eVoX 045
bindings were developed to ft both
adult and junior boot standards,
and are delivered with a universal
junior pedal which has been validated
bydealersandtheTVorganization.
Salomon also offers a specifc Junior
performance afd (ref. 89267001)
upgrade meant to increase slope
performance for junior specialists,
whichcanbeexchangedwiththe
universal one. note: The replacement
junior pedal (red) must be used only
with junior boot standards. fig. G
Specifcally, it may only be used with
junior boots with a toe thickness of
16.5 +/- 1.5 mm.
caution: for models with elastic pedal
(range 08), check the presence of the
elastic block under the pedal. fig. H
partS (see page 66)
000905 SalomonGrease
000878 ScrewExtractor/RepairKit
000846 Repair Plugs
reference
page # Section Name
Dimensions
partS (see page 66)
54834001 TZ5/TZ5SCUniversalAFD
89267001 TZ5/TZ5SCJuniorAFD
G
J
U
N
IO
R
J
U
N
IO
R
!
H
Binding
certIfIcatIon > exam > 33
certification prograM
The technician who signs the Authorized Locations
workshop or rental form for any transaction must be
currently Salomon alpine binding certifed
technician certification eXaM
2008/2009 technician certifcation exam Questions
do not write on this form. indicate answers on the registration form.
Ascoreof90%,or20correctanswers,mustbeobtainedtopass.Inaddition,questions3to7,10, 11, and
13to17areconsideredcorequestionsandmustbeansweredcorrectly.
1. Salomon technician certifcation:
a) Is valid whether or not the employer is a Salomon Authorized Alpine
Binding Dealer.
b) Never has to be renewed.
c) Isvalidfor2yearsfromtheexamdateandmaybetransferred
between Salomon Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers.
d) Does not require that Certifed Technicians be familiar with Salomon
Bindingsthroughhands-onexperience.
2. indemnifed Bindings are:
a) The 2008/2009 models only.
b) Those that appear on the 2008/2009 Schedule of Indemnifed
Bindings in the Salomon Shop Practices Manual.
c) Any Salomon binding still in use.
d) Not something a technician needs to know about.
3. examples of Salomon bindings that may be used with both junior &
adult boot sole norms are:
a) 607&608
b) STH 12 & STH 16
c) TZ 5 & C305
d) You cant use an adult norm sole with a Salomon junior binding.
4. a boot is considered incompatible with a Salomon binding if:
a) It does not pass visual inspection.
b) There is more than a I mm difference in sole fatness across its
width.
c) It does not conform to Standard Boot Sole Dimensions.
d) All of the above.
5. if the mid-sole indicator on a Salomon jig and the mid-sole indicator
on a boot do not agree, you should:
a) Leave the boot in the jig and use the mid-sole mark on the boot to
position the jig on the ski.
b) Usethemid-solemarkonthejigtopositionitontheski.
c) Not install the binding.
d) Position the jig by splitting the difference between the two marks.
6. if there are no manufacturer's recommendations for drill bit selec-
tion you should:
a) Drill one hole with a 3.6 mm bit and check for metal before switching
to a 4.1 mm bit.
b) Drill the ski with the bit in your drill, you cant go wrong.
c) Always use a 4.1 mm bit, all mounting platforms contain metal.
d) Usea3.6mmbit,youcanalwaysincreasethetorqueonthescrew-
shooter.
7. when mounting bindings, Salomon's recommendation for tapping is:
a) Always tap.
b) Never tap. Its too easy to damage the ski or break the tap.
c) Always tap unless the manufacturer cautions against it.
d) If you countersink the holes with the drill bit, there is no need to tap.
8. when is the forward pressure correct on the ZZ laB and Sth 12, 14 & 16.
a) Theres no need for adjustment it is automatic.
b) Place boot in binding and center with mid boot mark.
c) When the boot is in the binding and the top of the head screw is
aligned with the back of the heel track.
d) When the boot in the binding, adjust DIN number.
It was proposed that some
questionsbechanged
Binding
certIfIcatIon > exam > 34
technician certification eXaM > (continued)
2008/2009 technician certifcation exam Questions (continued)
9. when adjusting the toe height on Salomon Quadrax (leisure) bind-
ings, you should:
a) UseaSalomonrentaladjustmenttoolforthetoeheightscrew.
b) Check your adjustment with a Salomon toe height card.
c) Answers A & B.
d) None of the above; toe height adjustment is automatic.
10. if the forward pressure indicators on the heel are not aligning prop-
erly you should:
a) Ignore it if they are close.
b) Make sure (adjustable) toe wings and toe height are correct.
c) Remove the boot and move the heel forward or back to correct.
d) Answers B & C.
11. when testing the toe for elastic travel and return, the boot should:
a) Move slightly off center then release completely.
b) Elastic travel only occurs while skiing and cannot be tested in the
shop.
c) Move off center at least 5 mm and return to within 2 mm of its
original position.
d) None of the above.
12. what is Skier type?
a) The degree of skill a skier possesses.
b) A classifcation system based on cautious, moderate, or
aggressive skiing preferences.
c) A person who enjoys skiing.
d) Unnecessaryinformation.
13. a fve year old is being ftted for her frst pair of skis. She weighs
45 lb. what Skier code would you use to help determine the visual
indicator setting of her bindings?
a) 3/4 b) A
c) B d) -1
14. a skier weighs 160 lb and measures 58 tall. he is a type 1 skier
who is 53 years old. what is his Skier code on the chart?
a) J b) L
c) H d) K
15. what should the initial visual indicator setting be for a 220-lb, 65,
type 3+ skier who is 25 years old and uses boots with a sole length
of 310 mm?
a) Not possible to determine.
b) Ask the customer.
c) 11
d) 12
16. Skiers requesting personal settings higher or lower than are indicat-
ed by the 2008/2009 Salomon adjustment chart should:
a) Be asked if they wish to identify themselves as Type 3+ or Type -1
and use the indicated settings.
b) Be instructed to adjust their bindings themselves.
c) Be given the settings they want provided they sign a Requested
Setting Release Agreement.
d) Answer A or C.
17. you are testing a used boot-binding system on a mechanical testing
device. the Salomon binding has a visual indicator setting of 7 and
the boot sole is 314 mm long. what is the in-use range for twist?
a) 67Newtonmeters b) 58to78Nm
c) 50 to 91 Nm d) 67to91Nm
18. Mechanical inspections of rental equipment:
a) Are required pre-season .
b) Are required periodically in-season.
c) Ensure that all components are functioning properly.
19. a mechanical testing device:
a) Never needs re-calibration.
b) Requires properly trained technicians for consistent results.
c) Givesconsistentresultsevenwhenitisoperatedincorrectly.
d) Is only used in rental shops.
20. when a skier picks up their equipment from your shop make sure:
a) Someoneexplainstheuseoftheequipmenttothemandprovides
themwithsignedcopiesoftheWorkshop/RentalFormandLiability
Release Agreement.
b) They speak with the technician who did the installation/adjustment.
c) You only hand it over to the intended user.
d) You wish them luck.
21. workshop or rental forms must:
a) Be used for every transaction.
b) Be kept on fle for 5 years or for the statute of limitations.
c) Be signed by the customer and the Certifed Technician.
22. a post accident Ski equipment inspection report form:
a) Is a critical tool in defending liability claims.
b) Is only necessary in the case of lower body injuries.
c) Must be completed each time an accident is reported.
d) Answers A and C.
on-line registration instructions
Applying technicians must complete the 2008/2009 Salomon on-line certifcation registration and test.
Ascoreofatleast90%(20correctanswers)mustbeachievedtopasstheexam.Applyingtechniciansare
not certifed until a passing score is achieved.
u.S. dealers will fnd the on-line cer-
tifcation registration and test at:
http://www.salomoncertifcation.com
FortheU.S.,a$12feewillbeinvoicedfor
eachRegistrationandExamsubmittedonline
at www.salomoncertifcation.com
TheU.S.feeis$20foreachRegistration/
ExamsubmittedbymailorfaxtoSalomon,
or for technicians certifed by any approved
industry training program.
Fax:(801)334-4502
Salomon Certifcation/ Customer Service
SalomonUSA
2030 Lincoln Ave
Ogden,UT84401
canadian dealers will fnd the on-line
certifcation registration and test at:
http://www.salomonhookup.ca
It was proposed that some
questionsbechanged
Binding
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
8
(+) -+'
()) ,*-
(', +,)
0( */'
./ *)'
-. ).(
,/ ))0
,' (0+
+* (-,
*. (+(
*( ()'
). (')
)* /.
)' .,
(. -+
(+ ,)
(( +'
/ )0
, (/
*
&
+
( (
*
&
+
(
(
&
)
(
*
&
+
)
(
&
+
)
*
&
+
*
(
&
)
*
(
&
) * * )
*
&
+ )
(
&
)
+
(
&
) + *
(
&
) *
(
&
) *
,
(
&
) , +
(
&
) + *
(
&
)
-
(
&
) - ,
(
&
) , +
(
&
)
.
(
&
) . -
(
&
) - ,
(
&
)
/
(
&
) / . -
(
&
)
(' 0
(
&
) /
(
&
) /
((
(
&
) (( (' 0
(
&
)
() ((
(
&
)
(
(
&
+
(
(
&
)
)
)
(
&
)
*
(
(
(
&
) (
(
&
+
(
*
&
+ (
(
&
) (
(
&
)
)
(
&
+ ) (
*
&
+ (
*
&
+
)
*
&
+ )
(
&
) )
(
&
+ )
*
&
+
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
92
I0I
42
48
I9
9I
36
4I
6I
I8
3I
35
5I
66
26
30
48
56
22
25
39
4I
I8
2I
30
38
I4
II
22
29
I0
I3

4'I0"

I48 c
I08
I25
49
5I
4'II"5'I"
I49I5I c
I26
I4I
58
66
5'2"5'5"
I58I66 c
I48
II4
6I
I8
5'6"5'I0"
I6III8 c
II5
209
I9
94
5'II"6'4"
II9I94 c
2I0
95

6'5"

I95 c
92
I0I
42
48
I9
9I
36
4I
6I
I8
3I
35
5I
66
26
30
48
56
22
25
39
4I
I8
2I
30
38
I4
II
22
29
I0
I3

4'I0"

I48 c
250
25I
2I0
2II
290
29I
3I0
3II
330
33I
I08
I25
49
5I
4'II"5'I"
I49I5I c
I26
I4I
58
66
5'2"5'5"
I58I66 c
I48
II4
6I
I8
5'6"5'I0"
I6III8 c
II5
209
I9
94
5'II"6'4"
II9I94 c
2I0
95

6'5"

I95 c
I<=% I<=%
@
e
j
g
\
Z
k
`
f
e
I
X
e
^
\
@
e
$
l
j
\
I
X
e
^
\
|b |o
We|obt S||er
Code!
Kn`jk
Kfihl\IXe^\
(NeWtor Neters)
@e`k`XcKf\&?\\c@e[`ZXkfi
bv Boot So|e Lerotb ()
Jb`\i
)''/&)''08;ALJKD<EK:?8IK
=finXi[
C\Xe
Pe|obt
ft|r/c
! Based or "Ivpe I" S||er
adjustment chart > 35
Binding
36
technician certification anSwer forM
2008/2009 technician certifcation answer form
this form is for u.S. dealers only.
Getallyourcertifcationneeds
at www.salomoncertifcation.com
fees
Onlinecertifcationtest: $12 Faxedormailedtest: $20
technician & Store information
EXAMDATE
STOREACCOUNT#
SHOP PHONE #
TECHNICIANS NAME (PRINT CLEARLY)
STORE NAME
STORE ADDRESS
instructions
please print clearly your information above and fax or mail your certifcation answers to (801) 334-4502.
Ascoreof90%,or20correctanswers,mustbeobtainedtopass.
Inaddition,questions3to7,10,11,and13to17areconsideredcorequestionsandmustbeansweredcorrectly.
please circle your answer for each question.
all answers must be clearly marked. any partially circled answers could be marked incorrect.
answer Section
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
a b c d
Mail or faX to:
Salomon Certifcation
SalomonU.S.A.
2030LincolnAve.,Ogden,UT84401
Fax:(801)334-4502
Phone: 1 (800) 654-2668
TECHNICIANSSIGNITURE SIGNITUREDATE
Binding
Salomon alpine skis
Ski/SnowBlade
37
adult Ski length Selection
for the Salomon skis, fnd the corresponding centimetre length for your weight.
add to that number any additional length from the boxes below according to your ability, aggressiveness, the snow conditions you ski most
of the time and the kind of skis you want to choose.
kg < 47 48 - 52 53 - 58 59 - 65 66 - 73 74 - 82 83 >
1. Beginner
You are skiing
the first week
(rental skis)
- 20 cm
discover first
ski sensations
2. interMediate
Able to ski
most runs
in good conditions
- 5 cm
Prefer moderate
speeds
3. adVanced
Able to ski
all runs
in good conditions
+ 0 cm
Prefer a variety
of speeds
4. eXpert
Able to ski
on all runs
in any conditions
+ 5 cm
Prefer high
speeds
5. SpecialiSt
Able to ski on all
runs in changing
conditions
+ 10 cm
Prefer highest
speeds
Most of the time off piste or on soft snow
conditions
+ 5 cm
Most of the time on groomed piste or on hard snow
conditions
+ 0 cm
+
Ski
eQuipe 3V race
eQuipe Sc race
deMo X3 / Xt
aeroMaX ti / S
originS eMerald, originS aMethySt
teneighty
- 1 cm
Ski
eQuipe 2V race
eQuipe gc race / gc SerieS
deMo X2 / Xr
aero X / gt
croSSMaX w12
X-wing
rocker / Xw laB / cZar / lord / gun / duMont /
SuSpect / threat
Scarlet / lady / teMptreSS / Ma ta
originS, originS Jade, originS opal, originS topaZ,
originS cryStal
+ 4 cm
+
terrain
weight

corresponding

Ski length cm
140 cm 145 cm 150 cm 155 cm 160 cm 165 cm 170 cm
leVel
total
This total centimetre length is a guide,
your preferred length will be the ski closest to the recommended total.
+
=
kind of Ski
technIcal features > 38
Ski/SnowBlade
Child Height 85 to 95 cm 95 to 105 cm 105 to 115 cm 115 to 125 cm 125 to 135 cm 135 to 145 cm 145 to 155 cm 155 to 165 cm 165 to 175 cm
Child Weight* 10 to 14 kg 14 to 18 kg 18 to 22 kg 22 to 26 kg 26 to 30 kg 30 to 37 kg 37 to 45 kg 45 to 55 kg 55 to 65 kg
Approx.
Age
of Child
Skiing
Aptitude
Xw fury Junior XS
788999
Jade Junior XS 554894
equipe t XS 888621
3 to 7
years old
Beginner
70 cm
TZ5
80 cm
TZ5
Intermediate
80 cm
TZ5
Good

Xw fury Junior S
788998
Jade Junior S 554893
equipe t S 888618
3 to 7
years old
Beginner
90 cm
TZ5
100 cm
TZ5
110 cm
TZ5
Intermediate
90 cm
TZ5
100 cm
TZ5
110 cm
TZ5
Good

Xw fury Junior M
788997
Jade Junior M 554892
equipe t M888617
6 to 10
years old
Beginner
120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
TZ7
Intermediate
120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
TZ7
Good

120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
TZ7
Xw fury Junior l
788996
Jade Junior l 554891
equipe t l 888616
equipe 8 t Steering
plate 100535
8 to 15
years old
Beginner
140 cm
LZ7
150 cm
Z10Fis20
Intermediate
140 cm
LZ7
150 cm
Z10Fis20
Good

140 cm
LZ7
150 cm
Z10Fis20
fish S 720833
kitten S 720834
5 to 7
years old
Beginner
105 cm
TZ5
115 cm
TZ5
Intermediate
105 cm
TZ5
115 cm
TZ5
Good

fish l 277108
kitten l 720832
6 to 12
years old
Beginner
120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
TZ7
140 cm
LZ7
Intermediate
120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
LZ7
140 cm
LZ7
Good
120 cm
TZ5
130 cm
LZ7
140 cm
LZ7
example for fish S: a 6-year-old child weighing 25 kg (and measuring 120 cm), skiing at an intermediate level, must choose a 115 cm ski with a tZ5 binding.
*If weight is over 45 kg (142 Ibs), SALOMON strongly recommend to use an ADULT ski.
Ski length (and binding) according to weight and height of children*
Junior Ski length Selection
Group of Ski Skier Weight (kg)
1 greater than 65 kg
1, 2 65 kg or less
1, 2, 3 45 kg or less
(1, 2) 3, 4 25 kg or less
**ExtractfromNFISO8364June2007
recommendations for use of Skis according to the Mass of Skier
To guarantee the suffcient parame-
ters of safety (i.e. the resistance of
the screws to wrench), skiers must
useskis,approximatewithgroups
1 to 4, in connection with the mass
of the skier**.
technIcal features > 39
Commercial
Designation
Ref.
SIDECUTS
Binding
option
System Construction Reinforcemnent Core Base Edges Specific features
L
E
N
G
T
H
(
c
m
)
T
i
p

(
m
m
)
W
a
i
s
t

(
m
m
)
T
a
i
l

(
m
m
)
R
A
D
I
U
S
(
m
)
M
I
D
S
O
L
E

(
m
m
)
W
E
I
G
H
T
(
g
r
b
y
1
/
2
p
a
i
r
)
T
H
I
C
K
N
E
S
S
M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
A
B
S

S
i
d
e
w
a
l
l
s
E
d
g
y

M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
C
a
r
b
o
n
T
i
t
a
n
i
u
m
W
o
o
d
c
o
r
e
C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
R
a
c
e

b
a
s
e

f
i
n
i
s
h
i
n
g
P
t
e
x
W
i
d
e
r

e
d
g
e
s
T
o
t
a
l

e
d
g
e

r
e
i
n
f
o
r
c
e
m
e
n
t
E
d
g
e

a
r
m
o
r
P
u
l
s
e

P
a
d
E
l
a
s
t
o
m
e
r

T
T
R
o
c
k
e
r

(
m
m
)
Other
r
a
c
i
n
g
Equipe3VRace 890343
155
160
165
170
115
116
117
118
65
65
65
65
100
100
100
100
11.2
12
12.5
13.2
638
663
690
720
1700
1800
1900
2020
45.4
46.0
46.6
47.2
Z12 Protrak 3D Race T + 4000 T P
Titanium rebound
AdultFISnorms
EquipeGCRace 890347
154
162
170
178
115
115
115
115
67
68
69
70
96
97
98
99
12.5
14.2
16.1
18.1
637
679
735
779
1720
1820
1920
2040
Z12 Protrak Double Full + 4000 P
Equipe SC Race 890351
148
156
164
172
118
120
122
124
65
65
65
65
99
100
101
102
10.3
11.3
12.2
13.1
623
666
716
754
1610
1710
1750
1970
Z12 Protrak T C + 4000 P G1ISOnorm
EquipeGCSeries 890349
154
162
170
178
117
117
117
117
66
67
68
69
98
99
100
101
11.4
12.9
14.8
16.2
654
697
740
784
1610
1690
1780
1910
Z10 Smartrak Prolink C 4000 P G1ISOnorm
S
k
i
e
r
-
X
CrossmaxW12 536052
154
162
170
178
115
115
115
115
67
68
69
70
96
97
98
99
12.5
14.2
16.1
18.1
637
679
735
779
1720
1820
1920
2040
Z12 Protrak Double C Full 4000 T P
a
l
l
r
o
u
n
d
AeroX 890353
162
170
178
115
115
115
68
69
70
97
98
99
14.2
16.1
18.1
679
735
779
1820
1920
2040
Z12 ProtrakMG Double Full 4000 T P Hybrid technology
AeroGT 890357
151
158
165
172
114
114
114
114
69
70
70
71
95
96
97
98
13.0
14.0
15.2
16.9
642
680
716
752
1650
1750
1850
1950
Z10 Smartrak Prolink 3D Sport T 4000 P Hybrid technology
AeromaxTi 890359
151
158
165
172
114
114
114
114
69
70
70
71
95
96
97
98
13.0
14.0
15.2
16.9
642
680
716
752
1630
1730
1830
1930
711 Smartrak Control 3D Sport T C 2000 Hybrid technology
Ski & Snowblade technical reference chart
Ski/SnowBlade
technIcal reference > 40
Commercial
Designation
Ref.
SIDECUTS
Binding
option
L
E
N
G
T
H
(
c
m
)
T
i
p

(
m
m
)
W
a
i
s
t

(
m
m
)
T
a
i
l

(
m
m
)
R
A
D
I
U
S
(
m
)
M
I
D
S
O
L
E

(
m
m
)
W
E
I
G
H
T
(
g
r
b
y
1
/
2
p
a
i
r
)
T
H
I
C
K
N
E
S
S
M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
A
B
S

S
i
d
e
w
a
l
l
s
E
d
g
y

M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
C
a
r
b
o
n
T
i
t
a
n
i
u
m
W
o
o
d
c
o
r
e
C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
R
a
c
e

b
a
s
e

f
i
n
i
s
h
i
n
g
P
t
e
x
W
i
d
e
r

e
d
g
e
s
T
o
t
a
l

e
d
g
e

r
e
i
n
f
o
r
c
e
m
e
n
t
E
d
g
e

a
r
m
o
r
P
u
l
s
e

P
a
d
E
l
a
s
t
o
m
e
r

T
T
R
o
c
k
e
r

(
m
m
)
Other
a
l
l
-
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
XWFury
(2 binding options)
890365
163
170
177
184
128
128
128
128
83
84
85
86
109
110
111
112
14.9
16.6
18.4
20.4
705
743
778
817
1890
2000
2160
2310
Z14
Z12
Protrak Double Full 4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWFury
(Naked)
890368
163
170
177
184
128
128
128
128
83
84
85
86
109
110
111
112
14.9
16.6
18.4
20.4
705
743
778
817
1590
1700
1860
2010
Double Full 4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWTornadoTi 868882
154
162
170
178
124
124
124
124
73
74
75
76
105
106
107
108
11.4
12.9
14.5
16.2
654
697
740
784
1680
1790
1900
2060
Z14 Protrak T 4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWTornadoTi 890372
154
162
170
178
124
124
124
124
73
74
75
76
105
106
107
108
11.4
12.9
14.5
16.2
654
697
740
784
1830
1940
2050
2210
Z14 Lab Powertrak T 4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWTornado 890374
154
162
170
178
124
124
124
124
73
74
75
76
105
106
107
108
11.4
12.9
14.5
16.2
654
697
740
784
1680
1790
1900
2060
Z12 Protrak 4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWTornado
(Naked)
890371
154
162
170
178
124
124
124
124
73
74
75
76
105
106
107
108
11.4
12.9
14.5
16.2
654
697
740
784
1380
1490
1600
1760
4000 T P G1ISOnorm
XWHurricane 890369
164
172
180
124
124
124
83
85
87
113
114
115
15.2
17.7
20.4
754
797
840
1950
2120
2290
Z12 Smartrak Control Double 4000 G1ISOnorm
X-Wing10 890376
150
158
166
174
118
118
118
118
71
72
73
74
99
100
101
102
11.7
13.2
14.9
16.7
629
671
714
757
1800
1890
1970
2050
Z10 Smartrak Control T C 2000 G1ISOnorm
X-Wing8 890378
150
158
166
174
118
118
118
118
71
72
73
74
99
100
101
102
11.7
13.2
14.9
16.7
629
671
714
757
1800
1890
1970
2050
711 Smartrak Control C 2000 G1ISOnorm
X-Wing6 890380
154
162
170
178
114
115
116
117
70
70
70
70
102
103
103
104
11.7
12.9
14.2
15.4
665
705
745
785
1700
1820
1850
2040
711 SmartrakGripPlus T C 2000
X-Wing4 890386
146
154
162
170
178
113
114
115
116
117
70
70
70
70
70
102
102
103
103
104
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
15.4
625
665
705
745
785
1475
1595
1715
1745
1935
610 Steering plate C 2000
w
o
M
e
n

o
r
i
g
i
n
S
Origins 890388
154
162
170
124
124
124
73
74
75
105
106
107
11.4
12.9
14.5
662
705
748
1660
1720
1810
Z10 Ti Protrak Double Full 4000 T P
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
mounted binding (+ 8 mm))
G1ISOnorm
Origins Jade 890390
156
164
172
180
124
124
124
124
81
83
85
87
112
113
114
115
13.1
15.2
17.7
20.4
711
754
797
840
1850
1950
2120
2290
Z10 Ti Smartrak Control Double 4000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
G1ISOnorm
Origins Opal 890392
146
154
162
170
124
124
124
124
72
73
74
75
104
105
106
107
10.1
11.4
12.9
14.5
620
662
705
748
1550
1660
1770
1880
Z10 Ti Smartrak Control 4000 T P
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
G1ISOnorm
Origins Amethyst 535376
144
151
158
165
172
114
114
114
114
114
69
69
70
70
71
94
95
96
97
98
12.1
13.0
14.0
15.2
16.9
612
650
688
724
760
1555
1630
1730
1830
1930
Z10 Ti Smartrak Control 3D Sport C 2000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
Origins Topaz 890394
140
150
158
166
118
118
118
118
70
71
72
73
98
99
100
101
9.6
11.7
13.2
14.9
587
637
679
722
1680
1800
1890
1970
710Ti Smartrak Control C 2000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
G1ISOnorm
Origins Emerald 535378
130
140
150
160
165
170
108
109
110
111
112
113
69
69
69
69
69
69
91
92
93
94
95
96
9.8
12.0
13.7
15.4
16.0
16.6
549
594
639
684
707
729
1410
1510
1600
1700
1750
1800
LZ 9 SmartrakGripPlus C 2000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
G1ISOnorm
Origins Crystal 890396
138
146
154
162
170
112
113
114
115
116
70
70
70
70
70
101
102
102
103
103
9.5
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
593
633
673
713
753
1460
1580
1700
1820
1850
LZ 9 SmartrakGripPlus C 2000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
f
r
e
e
S
k
i
i
n
g

-

B
i
g

M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Rocker 536054 192 147 127 137 48.5 840 2900
Full 4000 W T 720

Flatswallowtail
G1ISOnorm
Czar 536253
166
174
182
125
128
131
105
108
111
115
118
121
38.3
40.0
44.7
745/775
780/810
816/846
2020
2120
2220
Double
Full 4000 W T P 620

High twin tip tail
G1ISOnorm
Lord 536254
161
169
177
185
128
128
128
128
85
86
87
88
113
114
115
116
13.6
15.4
17.4
19.5
706
748
791
835
1690
1790
1890
1990
Full 4000 T P 210

Semi twin tip tail
G1ISOnorm
Lady 536033
153
161
169
177
128
128
128
128
84
85
86
87
112
113
114
115
11.9
13.6
15.4
17.4
664
706
748
791
1590
1690
1790
1890
Full 4000 T P 210

Semi twin tip tail
G1ISOnorm
f
r
e
e
S
k
i
i
n
g

-

d
e
c
a
d
e
Gun 536250
164
174
181
188
130
130
135
135
94
96
99
101
123
124
125
126
15.5
18.6
20.4
22.2
750/730
802/782
833/813
875/855
1780
1900
2100
2390
Double C 4000 W T G1ISOnorm
Scarlet 536031
154
164
174
130
130
130
92
94
96
122
123
124
12.8
15.5
18.6
689/669
750/730
802/782
1780
1900
2100
Double C 4000 W T G1ISOnorm
Temptress 536032
151
161
171
117
117
117
83
83
83
110
110
110
11.2
13.2
15.4
688/708
739/759
791/811
1340
1440
1540
Double
4000 T P G1ISOnorm
Teneighty 541200
151
161
171
181
117
117
117
117
83
83
83
83
110
110
110
110
11.2
13.2
15.4
17.5
688/708
739/759
791/811
843/863
1340
1440
1540
1640
Double
4000 T P G1ISOnorm
f
r
e
e
S
k
i
i
n
g

-

p
a
r
k

&

p
i
p
e
Dumont 536251
151
161
171
176
181
122
122
122
122
122
86
86
86
86
86
115
115
115
115
115
13
15.1
17.3
18.5
19.7
692/742
742/792
792/842
817/867
842/892
1560
1650
1740
1790
1840
Full 4000 W T
D
o
u
b
l
e
P G1ISOnorm
Suspect 536255
151
161
171
176
181
122
122
122
122
122
86
86
86
86
86
115
115
115
115
115
13
15.1
17.3
18.5
19.7
692/742
742/792
792/842
817/867
842/892
1560
1650
1740
1790
1840
Full 4000 W T A P G1ISOnorm

Mai Tai 536034
151
161
171
176
122
122
122
122
86
86
86
86
115
115
115
115
13
15.1
17.3
18.5
692/742
742/792
792/842
817/867
1560
1650
1740
1790
Full 4000 W T A P G1ISOnorm

Threat 541201
151
161
171
176
122
122
122
122
85
85
85
85
112
112
112
112
14.2
16.3
18.5
19.6
713/738
740/775
820/855
851/866
1560
1660
1760
1800
C 2000 G1ISOnorm
Ski/SnowBlade
technIcal reference > 41
Commercial
Designation
Ref.
SIDECUTS
Binding
option
L
E
N
G
T
H
(
c
m
)
T
i
p

(
m
m
)
W
a
i
s
t

(
m
m
)
T
a
i
l

(
m
m
)
R
A
D
I
U
S
(
m
)
M
I
D
S
O
L
E

(
m
m
)
W
E
I
G
H
T
(
g
r
b
y
1
/
2
p
a
i
r
)
T
H
I
C
K
N
E
S
S
M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
A
B
S

S
i
d
e
w
a
l
l
s
E
d
g
y

M
o
n
o
c
o
q
u
e
C
a
r
b
o
n
T
i
t
a
n
i
u
m
W
o
o
d
c
o
r
e
C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
R
a
c
e

b
a
s
e

f
i
n
i
s
h
i
n
g
P
t
e
x
W
i
d
e
r

e
d
g
e
s
T
o
t
a
l

e
d
g
e

r
e
i
n
f
o
r
c
e
m
e
n
t
E
d
g
e

a
r
m
o
r
P
u
l
s
e

P
a
d
E
l
a
s
t
o
m
e
r

T
T
R
o
c
k
e
r

(
m
m
)
Other
r
e
n
t
a
l

a
l
l
-
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
X-Wing800 888600
140
150
158
166
174
118
118
118
118
118
70
71
72
73
74
98
99
100
101
102
9.6
11.7
13.2
14.9
16.7
579
629
671
714
757
1670
1790
1880
1960
2040
SmartrakGripPlus C 4000 G1ISOnorm
X-Wing500 888608
138
146
154
162
170
178
112
113
114
115
116
117
70
70
70
70
70
70
101
102
102
103
103
104
9.5
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
15.4
585
625
665
705
745
785
1590
1710
1830
1950
1980
2170
609 SC ITFLoc C 4000
X-Wing500 304358
140
150
160
170
109
110
111
113
69
69
69
69
92
93
94
96
12.0
13.7
15.4
16.6
586
636
687
740
1510
1600
1700
1800
SmartrakGrip C 4000 G1ISOnorm
r
e
n
t
a
l

o
r
i
g
i
n
s
Origins Amber 500 530875
138
146
154
162
170
112
113
114
115
116
70
70
70
70
70
101
102
102
103
103
9.5
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
585
625
665
705
745
1590
1710
1830
1950
1980
609 SC ITFLoc C 4000
Hybrid Women
Womenstance(Forward
r
e
n
t
a
l

J
u
n
i
o
r
XWFuryJuniorL
Rental
554896
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1400
1500
TZ 5 SC Juniortrak C 1840 G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorL
Rental
892649
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1460
1560
TZ 5 SC ITFlocJunior C 1840 G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorM
Rental
543256
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
1180
1300
TZ 5 SC Juniortrak C 1840
Screw length < 6 mm +/- 0,5
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorM
Rental
892650
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
1240
1360
TZ 5 SC ITFlocJunior C 1840
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorS
Rental
543257
100
110
100
103
65
65
84
86
7.0
7.5
405
450
920
940
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorS
Rental
892656
100
110
100
103
65
65
84
86
7.0
7.5
405
450
980
1000
G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior L
Rental
487753
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1400
1500
TZ 5 SC Juniortrak C 1840 G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior L
Rental
892660
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1460
1560
TZ 5 SC ITFlocJunior C 1840 G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior M
Rental
487756
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
1180
1300
G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior M
Rental
892662
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
1240
1360
TZ 5 SC ITFlocJunior C 1840 Screw length < 6 mm +/- 0,5
Jade Junior S
Rental
487759
100
110
100
103
65
65
84
86
7.0
7.5
405
450
920
940
G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior S
Rental
892663
100
110
100
103
65
65
84
86
7.0
7.5
405
450
980
1000
G3ISOnorm
J
u
n
i
o
r

r
a
c
i
n
g
EquipeT3VRace 277104 150 114 63 98 10.6 643 1430 48.8 Z14 SmartrakGrip T Full 2000 P JuniorFISnorm
EquipeT3VRace 277105
138
144
150
110
112
114
63
63
63
94
96
98
9.7
10.1
10.6
588
615
643
1310
1370
1430
47.2
48.1
48.8
Z12 SmartrakGrip T Full 2000 P JuniorFISnorm
132
138
144
108
110
112
63
63
63
92
94
96
9.2
9.7
10.1
560
588
615
1250
1310
1370
46.5
47.2
48.1
EquipeT3VRace 277107 132 108 63 92 9.2 560 1250 46.5 610 SmartrakGrip T Full 2000 P JuniorFISnorm
EquipeT2VRace 530883 170 103 64 87 18.2 747 1825 49.8 Z14 SmartrakGrip T Full 2000 P JuniorFISnorm
142
149
156
163
170
97
99
99
101
103
64
64
64
64
64
83
84
84
86
87
14.7
15.3
17.0
17.6
18.2
601
638
673
710
747
1545
1615
1685
1755
1825
47.3
47.8
48.4
49.0
49.8
135
142
149
156
163
95
97
99
99
101
64
64
64
64
64
81
83
84
84
86
14.0
14.7
15.3
17.0
17.6
567
601
638
673
710
1475
1545
1615
1685
1755
46.9
47.3
47.8
48.4
49.0
EquipeT2VRace 535083 135 95 64 81 14.0 567 1475 46.9 610 SmartrakGrip T Full 2000 P JuniorFISnorm
J
u
n
i
o
r

a
l
l
r
o
u
n
d
Equipe T L + Steer-
ing plate
100535
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1265
1365
Steering plate C 1840 G3ISOnorm
Equipe T L 888616
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1100
1200
C 1840 G3ISOnorm
Equipe T M 888617
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
880
1000
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
Equipe T S 888618
90
100
110
100
100
103
65
65
65
83
84
86
5.5
7.0
7.5
365
405
450
530
620
640
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
EquipeTXS 888621
70
80
91
96
65
65
75
79
4.5
5.0
300
330
400
440
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
J
u
n
i
o
r

a
l
l
-
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Jade Junior L 554891
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1100
1200
C 1840 G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior M 554892
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
880
1000
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
Jade Junior S 554893
90
100
110
100
100
103
65
65
65
83
84
86
5.5
7.0
7.5
365
405
450
530
620
640
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
JadeJuniorXS 554894
70
80
91
96
65
65
75
79
4.5
5.0
300
330
400
440
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorL 788996
140
150
107
108
65
65
88
89
13.0
14.0
585
635
1100
1200
C 1840 G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorM 788997
120
130
106
107
65
65
86
87
9.5
11.0
485
535
880
1000
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorS 788998
90
100
110
100
100
103
65
65
65
83
84
86
5.5
7.0
7.5
365
405
450
530
620
640
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
XWFuryJuniorXS 788999
70
80
91
96
65
65
75
79
4.5
5.0
300
330
400
440
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
J
u
n
i
o
r

f
r
e
e
s
k
i
i
n
g
FishL 277108
120
130
140
93
98
105
72
72
74
86
90
97
11
13.5
14.0
495
545
595
890
995
1115
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
KittenL 720832
120
130
140
93
98
105
72
72
74
86
90
97
11
13.5
14.0
495
545
595
890
995
1115
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
FishS 720833
105
115
96
98
68
68
84
86
9.0
10.0
480
530
705
820
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
KittenS 720834
105
115
96
98
68
68
84
86
9.0
10.0
480
530
705
820
C 1840
G3ISOnorm
Ski/SnowBlade
SnowBlade
warning
The Snowblade binding mounted on
the retail products can accommo-
date boot sizes up to 30 Mondopoint
(for traditional Alpine boots)
and 29 Mondopoint (for specifc
Snowblade boots).
To allow the Snowblade bind-
ings to accommo date sizes up to
34 Mondopoint for the retail binding,
Salomon offers a wire bail replace-
ment kit.
This kit for large sizes consists of two
black wire bails to replace the origi-
nal gray toe bails. This kit is available
as a spare part under the reference
891974.
caution: Mounting these specifc wire
bails for large sizes no longer allows
you to use the conversion chart for
adjusting the Snowblade binding.
Be careful not to strip the screws
when installing the longer bails!
Forthisreason,onlyuseamanual
scewdriv er for loosening and tighten-
ing the screws.
Snowblade Binding > large sizes compatibility
Snowblade Maintenance & repairs
replacing Snowblade binding toe clips
A. The dealer purchased the
Snowblades from Salomon.
B. The dealer has received writ-
ten notice of a claim involving
Snowblades.
C. The claim alleges use of the
Snowblades resulted in injury.
D. The dealer provided instructions
recommended by Salomon on
the use of the equipment to the
purchaser or user.
E. The purchaser or user was ad-
vised that the Snowblade sport,
like many other recre ational activi-
ties, involves inherent and other
risks of injury and death, and that:
TheSnowbladebindingisa
non-releasable binding.
Adultsnowblademodels
(85 cm and longer), are not
recommended for people less
than 5 feet tall (1.5 meters) and
especially not for children less
than 5 feet tall (1.5 meters).
Theleashesprovidedwith
Snowblades must be worn at
all times.
Snowbladesarenotdesigned
for backcountry or deep snow
applications.
F. Customerswhopurchased
Snowbladesweregiventhein-box
pamphlet and any other informa-
tion included in each Snowblade
box.
G. Thedealerusesworkshop
and/or rental forms the same
as, or equivalent to, Salomon
forms with currently approved
Liability Release Language for
Snowblades.
H. A copy of the properly completed
workshop form or rental form,
including a signed release, is sub-
mitted.
I. Any other helpful information
such as a Ski Patrol Incident
ReportFormissubmitted.
J. The dealer notifes Salomon in
writing within ten days of the date
on which the dealer frst receives
written notice of the claim.
K. Thedealercooperatesfullyinthe
investigation, litigation and/or
settlement of the claim.
Salomon may terminate indemni-
fcation, with respect to Salomon
Snowblades, upon providing written
notice to the dealer.
Salomon offers liability indemnif ca tion to Salomon
Authorized Dealers. Salomon will defend and indem-
nify a Salomon Authorized Snowblade Dealer against
liabilities from claims presented by any customer of
the Authorized Dealer arising solely from the use of
Salomon Snowblades, provided:
A S
D F
Putthetoeclipsintheopenposi-
tion by moving the central roller or
the adjustment knob without going
tothemaximum.fig. A
Loosenthe4screwsonthefront
part of the binding using a hand
screwdriver. fig. S
Pullthetoeclipupwardtolift
up the front of the binding about
10 mm, and insert a screwdriver
laterally between the board and the
toe clip support piece. fig. D
Stoppullingupwardandnowapply
downward pressure, always act-
ing on the same toe clip, so as to
unsnap it from its support. fig. F
Slidethetoeclipforwardandre-
move it. fig. G
Takeholdofthetoeclipforlarge
sizes and orient the toe clip + lever
unit as to allow for it to be put on in
the future. fig. H
Placethenewtoeclipinitsslot
on the support and pull it upwards
(while holding the front part of the
binding to keep it from bending too
much) to snap it on. fig. J
Removethescrewdriver.fig. K
Pressdownhardonthefrontpart
of the binding to make sure it is fat
against the board (this procedure
helps to make sure the toe clip is in
the proper position on its support).
fig. L
The toe clip support should be fat
against the board.
Tightenthe4screwswithahand
screw driver using a 2.5 +/- 0.5 Nm
torque. fig. :
Followthesameprocedureforthe
other binding.
G H
J K
L :
snowblade > 42
the leash must never come in
contact with the tuning ma-
chines. roll up the leash and
wedge it in the center of the
binding with the bails closed.
Formaintenance,refertoSki
Maintenance on page 44.
If for any reason whatsoever you
need to dismount and/or remount
the Snowblade binding, you must
use a manual screwdriver only
(2.5 +/- 0.5 Nm torque).
In case of a stripped screw, use
the Snowblade repair drill bit (ref.
001090) and the traditional plastic
repair plugs (ref. 000846). There is
no jig to make this repair. However,
the drill bit must be perpendicular
to the surface of the ski. Make sure
the repair plug is fush with the
surface of the ski. If it isnt, fle it
down to make it fush.
Snowblade liability indemnifcation
Be careful: do not use Snowblade
skiboards if you are shorter than

150 cm / 5 feet, and especially if you are a child under that height.
retailers and rental operators are obligated to communicate this in-
formation to their customers.
Ski/SnowBlade
replacing Snowblade tip protectors
MiniMax - Snowblade 99
Drilltherivetswitha4mmdi-
ameter carbide drill bit.
Putonthenewtipprotectorby
align ing the holes with the ones
on the blade.
Insertthemalepartoftherivet
in the holes on the base side.
Putthefemalepartoftherivet
in the holes on the top surface
side.
Withmulti-purposepliersora
vise, squeeze both parts together
making sure the rivet is fush
with the tip protector.
Do not use a hammer for this
operation.
Therivetisinpositionwhen
there is no free play.
SB ten
Loosenthe2screwswithan
alen key 4 mm.
Placethenewtipandlineupthe
holes tip with holes of the ski.
Tightenthe2screwswiththe
alen key 4 mm (2.5 +/ 0.5 Nm
torque).
replacing the Snowblade leash
retail Snowblade binding (Sf214)
Tools needed: ruler and Yellow Alpine
binding grease (reference 000905
see spare parts catalog on page 66).
1. Remove the defective screw
2. Before mounting, put the grease
(reference 000905) on both ends
of the new screw.
3. Put the screw in the 2 carriages:
be careful not to switch the front
and rear carriages in relationship
to the screw. (the rear carriage
must be on the same side as the
alu insert). Tighten the carriages
on the screw suffciently to make
the mounting easier. fig. F
4. Mount the screw / carriage unit on
the frame of the binding. fig. G
5. Adjusttheaxleoftherearcarriage
on the size 330 mm as described
below. fig. H
6. Usingaruler,measurethedis-
tance between the rear carriage
and the plate as described below.
This distance must be 5 mm.
fig. J
7. Adjust the front carriage by tight-
ening/loosening it to get the same
carriage/plate distance between
front and back. (make sure you
dont change the rear carriage
adjust ment during this operation).
fig. K
SnowBlade > Mounting, Maintenance & Repair (continued)
Spare part ref. S90405.
1. Remove the leash from the bail.
2. Put the replacement leash
around the heel bail.
3. Put both parts of the rivet in the
holes of the leash.
4. Squeeze both sides of the rivet
together onto the leash (with
pliers, vise...).
5. The rivet is in place when it no
longer turns in the leash.
do not mount the rivet with
a hammer.
Storing Snowblade
Ifstoringforanextendedlengthof
time, keep the heel bail in a high
position to avoid any damage to
the plastic parts.
Store them in a dark, dry, venti-
lated area.
The Snowblade binding is designed to be used with alpine ski boots.
Most Hiking and Snowboar ding boots, whose outsoles conform to the
ASTM, DIN, ISO norms, can also be used.
You must clean the Snowblade binding and the boot sole before putting
the boot in the binding.
due to their shape (shell width, prominent shape) certain types of
boots are not for use with the snowblade binding. in this case, do
not uSe the SnowBlade.
Usethescrewlocatedattherearend
of the binding to make the adjust-
ment. fig. A
1. Make the adjustment with a clean
boot and no snow on it.
2. Usingapowerscrewdriveror
the drill that you use for mount-
ing bindings (4 Nm), separate the
bails to allow for the placement
of the boot.
3. Put the toe clip in the high posi-
tion.
4. Move the bails closer together by
putting the lever in a vertical posi-
tion. fig. S important: do not
put the bails in the riding position,
to prevent the risk of breakage.
fig. D
5. Stop tightening the screw once
the lever touches the end of the
boot sole.
6. check the adjustment with the
boot in the binding: you should
be able to pull the lever back with
moderate pressure (3 daN).
7. Once the adjustment is fnished,
remove the boot and read the
mark indicated on the scale under
the boot platform.
8. On the other Snowblade, align the
boot platform with the same mark.
9. Check by putting the other boot
in the binding.
adjusting Speedfit (rental) Bindings
A Sgood D Bad
The Snowblade bindings have been
designed to accommodate Alpine
ski boots.
1. Measure the boot sole length
(in mm) with the Synchro mea-
surer (Ref. 001189).
2. Move the metal bails by using
the central roller or the screw
located at the back of the prod-
ucts with a manual screwdriver
(5-6 Nm torque) to align the
axisofthebailwiththegradu-
ation of the plate that corre-
sponds to the boot sole length
in mm.
3. Check the proper adjustment
by placing the boot in the bind-
ing (once the lever is closed, it
shouldexertpressureonthe
front of the boot and the force
to open the lever should be
about 3 daN; if this is not the
case, modify the adjustment).
adjusting Snowblade retail Binding
replacing the adjustment screw
Front carriage
Rear carriage (with leash)
The alu screw insert placed on the
same side as the rear carriage
Grease present
F
Put the alu insert in the hole in the
frame designed for this purpose
Frame
G
Adjust the rear
carriage axle on
size 330 mm
H
5 mm between rear
carriageand plate
Plate Carriage
J
Same distance: 5 mm when the rear
carriage is adjusted on size 330
K
snowblade > 43
adjustment
Ski/SnowBlade
D F
F
Maintenance & repairS
Ski maintenance
Goodskimaintenanceisjustasimportantfortherecreationalskierasfortheracer.Afne-tunedskilasts
longer. A well-prepared ski turns better, grips the snow better and glides better on all types of snow.
the ski tune-up involves three steps:
1. daily check-up - at the end of everyday of skiing.
2. Machine tuning - for quick work.
3. complete hand tuning - for skiers specifc needs.
Visuallychecktoseeifanyrust
has developed on the edges.
Removeanytraceswithfne,
220-230 grit sandpaper.
Ifnecessary,sharpenandpolish
edges using sandpaper wrapped
around a fle.
Cleanthebaseandwaxwith
Swixwax.
check-up
Machine tuning
A S
Stone grinding the ski base
Surface Smoothing
grinding
Semi finishing
grinding
finishing
grinding
rotation speed
1000 t/mn
rotation speed
800 to 900 t/mn
rotation speed
400 to 500 t/mn
pressure 2,5
Ski feed speed
10 m/mn
pressure 2,5
Ski feed speed
10 m/mn
Minimum pressure
Ski feed speed
10 - 11 m/mn
dressing
Dressing rate
9 - 12 mm/s
(depending on the condition of the ski)
dressing
Dressing rate
4 - 16 mm/s
dressing
Dressing rate
7-8mm/s
dressing speed
Micro automatic
(1300t/mn)
dressing speed
(1300 t/mn)
dressing speed
(1300 t/mn)
ValuesfromWintersteigermachines(Micro81Micro91)orequivalentma-
chines.
Ski tuning on beveled/recessed edges
parameter of the
machine
Beveled edge recessed edge
program 1 angle 1 angle 1
Program from Wintersteiger machine (Trim Disc).
a) Surface smoothing
Place the skis on a fat surface.
Eliminateanyexcesspolyethyl-
ene on the base with a hand base
plane to decrease the risks of
contaminating the stone.
b) Semi finishing
Stone grind until the base be-
comes fat and glossy.
Avoid overheating and use of a
dirty stone (lengthwise streaks on
base are from stone contaminant).
Dress the stone regularly to keep
it in good condition (when using a
belt grinding machine: use 80 grit
belt).
c) finishing fig. S
Stone grind to obtain a fne struc-
ture (when using a belt grinding
machine: use 150 grit belt).
Do not use a dirty stone which
creates fuff/hair.
d) Beveled/recessed fnish
Forskiswithbeveled/recessedfnish,
we recommend a straight, fne
stone-ground structured base.
note: always make the last run in this
direc tion: Tip Tail. Concerning
the machine parame ters, consult
the machine manufacturer.
Stone grinding
ForProlinkskis,installtheBinding-Bridgekitaccordingtothe
Maintenance Specifcs paragraph on page 45.
We recommend grinding the edges
with a cup grinding wheel. fig. D
Checktheangleadjustmentbe-
forehand.
Makesurethestonesarewell
lubricated.
Makesuretheedgesarenot
burnt (brown color).
Checkthetuninglengths.
Smooththeedgesbyhandwith
a soft stone (fig. Fa) or Scotch
Brite
(fig. Fb)
Makesureallburrsareremoved
and smooth down again, if nec-
essary.
for non equiped retailers they
can do a classic tuning.
edge fnishing
Ski check-up
Visuallychecktodeterminewhatneedstobetuned.
Removemajordeepscratchesonedgeswithwhetstone(seepage 45 for repairing).
Removeanytracesofwaxorgrease.
fill in any holes in the base
(see base repairs on page 46)
depending on the conditions of the base and materials available:
a) Grindentirebasesurface.fig. A
b) Fill-inscratcheswithbaserepairmaterial.
c) Repair any large damaged areas with base patch/die.
a
b
Ski/SnowBlade
Machine tuning (continued)
G H J
Maintenance & repairS (continued)
lateral fnish (fig. G):
Lateralfnishingwithlubricated
220 belt (or use the smallest grit
possible).
Passovertheedges1-2times
depending on the condition of the
edges.
Adoublesidedsharpenerwill
maintain the skis proper side cut.
Foraperformancepreparation,
polish the base edge with a pol-
ish ing stone or whetstone to
elim i nate any fle marks on the
edges.
Removeburrsandpolishedges
with a lubricated Scotch Brite

belt machine at a slow speed.
fig. J
Becarefultolubricatesuffciently
to avoid burning the base.
Carefullyremoveallburrswitha
soft stone.
Quicklywipetheskitoavoid
staining from the dried lubricant.
a well-sharpened ski is always
sharper underfoot than at the
extremities of the ski.
K L :
a) waxing (fig. K)
- Itsbesttousemeltedwax.
- Clean the base thoroughly.
- Make sure the iron is set at the ap-
propriate temperature so that only
thewaxismelted.(Temperature
110C+/-5Cor230F+/-
10F).
excess heat (above 120 c or 248f)
can be harmful to both wax and ski,
and can even cause permanent loss
of glide qualities in the base.
- Chooseawaxaccordingtothewax
manu facturers recommendations.
- Melttheselectedwaxovertheen-
tire length of the base, and let the
waxcooltoroomtemperature.
b) Scraping (fig. L)
- Removetheexcesswaxwitha
plastic scraper from tip to tail to
leave only a very thin layer.
- Removewaxfromthebasegroove
and ski edges as well.
c) Brushing (fig. :)
- Brush the base with a nylon brush
(or other type depending on the
structure desired) working from
tip to tail.
- A rotating brush removes the struc-
ture of the base for good glide.
Strap the skis together. Position the
straps at the base contact points.
note: The skis can be stored ready-
waxed(unscraped)foranextended
period of time (e.g. between ski
seasons).
toolS:
Waxremover
Ironwiththermostat
Waxapplicator
Plasticscraper
Brush
waxing, scraping and brushing
a true bar is the basic tool for
checking and assessing:
skibasefatness,
thattheedgeisslightlyrecessed
from the base,
theextentofbasescratchesand
appropriate repair. The edge angle
checking tool is used to verify
that the edge has an angle of 90.
Ski check-up
Checkthebaseandedgesofyour
skis with a true bar.
Ifrepairsarenecessary,seein-
structions on page 46.
Smoothing the base
and edges (fig. D)
classic fnish: If damage is only mi-
nor, use a fle to tune ; otherwise the
ski must be tuned on a machine.
Beveled/recessed fnish: the
recommended bevel is between 1
and 1.5.
edge sharpening (fig. D)
Sharpenbaseedges.
Sharpensideedges.
on classic fnish: make sure the
edges are at 90.
on Beveled/recessed fnish: make
sure that the beveled and recessed
edge angle is between 1 and 1.5.
Roundoffthetipandtailslightly.
Removeanyburrswithsoftstone
or Scotchbrite
.
polishing the edges
Polish the edges with a whetstone,
starting frst on the base and then
the sides.
waxing, scraping and
brushing
Followthesameinstructionsasin
machine tuning.
de-tuning the edge angle at
the extremities
important: After all fnishing op-
erations (by hand or machine) it is
essential to remove any burrs from
edges and to polish the edges to
ensure good ski performance.
hand tuning
Pressurized cleaners are prohibited, as well as the following solvents:
acetone
95 alcohol
(due to risk of damaging the cosmetics of the top surface of the ski).
cleaning the skis > warning
tuning skis with prolink on au-
tomatically programmable ma-
chines and machines with a lead:
To be able to tune skis with the Y
andVprolink,wehavedeveloped
a specifc tuning kit in cooperation
with the Wintersteiger company.
This new Prolink adapter can
be mounted on the adjustable
Wintersteiger bridge (ref. 2000:
7217-0111-V01)andisavailableat
Wintersteiger under the reference
7217-0111-V05.
Maintenance specifcs > prolink adapter
toolS:
- Square
- 20 cm (8 inch)
fle
- Whetstone
- Soft stone
- Scrapers
- Brushes
- Scotchbrite
- Sandpaper
(220-320 grit)
- Central hold-
ing vise
-Swixwax
Ski/SnowBlade
repairing the surface of the ski and snowblade
All the adult and Rental models are
protected by the TPP (Transparent
Polyamide Protection). Regarding
the Junior models, they are
protected by TP (Transparent
Protection).
The transparent tops cover the
cosmetics underneath, which
guarantees the durability of the
cosmetics.
the tpp top surface
Superficial scratches
Machine tuning will make the
scratch disappear (see the ski main-
tenance repair)
not very deep scratches or
marks to be filled by machine
- Pour the polyethylene.
- Wait 10 minutes for the material
to harden.
- Removetheexcesspolyethylene
with a steel spatula for a fat sur-
face.
- Proceed with machine tuning.
deep cuts
- Cut out the damaged area with the
base patch die.
- Cut a piece of the base material
with the base patch die.
- Glueitintothedamagedarea.
- Hold it in place with a clamp and
press repair (glue the pieces with
Loctite
406 or slow Araldite
).
- Proceed with machine tuning.
Base repairs
K J H G
F D S A
there are two methods for
repairing the ski surface:
1) One colored paste + Araldite
2) Multi colored Araldite
+ white
+ coloring
repair process:
1. With a cutter, outline the area
to be repaired, then cut the top
surface. fig. A
2. Result after cutting the top sur-
face. fig. S
3. With a cutter, score area to re-
pair (fbers) to improve bonding.
fig. D
4. To protect top surface, put ad-
hesive tape around the area to
repair. fig. F
5. Prepare Araldite
resin with gun.

6. Which type of repair to choose:
a) One-color surface repair
b) Multicolored surface repair
7. Add a small quantity of color-
ing paste to the Araldite
resin.
Gentlymix(inordertoavoid
bubbles) to obtain a homo ge-
neousmixture.Addasmall
quantity of coloring paste (White
DW 0131) to the Araldite
resin.
White paste is used as a primer
in order to have the desired
colorsafterwards.Gentlymix(in
order to avoid bubbles) to obtain
ahomogeneousmixture.fig. G
8. Apply thicker than top surface of
the ski in the areas to be flled.
Wait a few moments to eliminate
bubbles if necessary. fig. H
9. Put adhesive tape on the area to
avoid running. Let it dry for 12
hours. fig. J
10. After 12 hours of drying, remove
theadhesivetapefromthemix-
ture. Do not remove the adhe-
sive tape around the area which
protects the top surface from
scratches.Usethefatsideofa
cuttertoscrapeofftheexcess
mixture.fig. K
11. Smooth it down with 600 grain
sand paper. Remove the adhe-
sive tape. fig. L
12. Finishsandinggentlyinorder
to obtain a smooth surface. Be
careful of the skis decor/cos-
metics.
create a decoration
13. Forthecoloringstage,donottry
creating tone on tone to create
theexactcoloroftheski.Trying
to reproduce a motif of the ski
design already present else-
where is better and easier. The
fnal layer of Araldite
tends to
lighten colors. fig. :
14. UsetheAraldite
gun for a
varnish fnish which will protect
the ski surface from cuts from
the edges. A small quantity of
Araldite
is suffcient.
15. Apply a fne layer of Araldite

withacuttertoavoidexcessive
thickness. fig.
11
16. Usingadust-freecloth,wipeoff
theexcessAraldite
to obtain
a smooth, even surface. Let it
dry for 30 minutes. The repair is
fnished. fig.
12
MaterialS needed:
Araldite
2011
Araldite
gun 50 ml
Araldite
coloring paste for

smooth color (DW 0131 White,
DW0133Red,DW0137Black,
DW0132Yellow,DW0134Green,
DW 0135 Blue)
Whitepasteforundercoating
for decoration (DW 0131 White)
Feltpentocolorthedesign,
type 3 points, permanent
(Ref:Pantone87828-
color number).
acceSSorieS:
Cutter
Adhesivetape
Towel
Sandpaper,Grain600
L
11
:
12
Ski/SnowBlade
replacing the tip protector
2007/2008 rental tip protector
triangle tip protector (fg. Aa).
hexagonal tip protector
(fg. Ab).
1. Check that the tip protector is on
the right position (Salomon logo
on top foil side (fg. S).
2. Set up the tip protector on the
lateral groove with a rubber ham-
mer (fg. D&F).
3. Set up the tip protector on the
central groove (fg. G).
4. Finishthemountingonthesec-
ond lateral groove with a rubber
hammer (fg. H).
others rental models use
rental tip protector range 05
triangle tip protector (fg. Ja).
hexagonal tip protector
(fg. Jb).
1. Insert the tip protector on
the ski.
2. Place the 2 screws in the 2 holes
face the running base and screw
on (1N.m).
A S D
F G H
J
a
b
a
b
repair process:
1. Verifythattheskicanbere-
paired.
2. Remove the binding and clean
the ski.
3. Check the length of the edge to
be replaced. fig. A
Cut out the base where the
edge must be changed (10 mm
beyond) with the base patch die
or cutter (in this case, make a
reproducible cut-out). fig. S
4. Cut the 2 sides of edges be-
tween two wings with 45
angle, as illustrated.
5. Cut out the edge carefully with
cutter or wood chisel, then
roughen the area with 80 grit
sandpaper. fig. D
6. Cut the new edge, trim it and
remove the grease.
7. Place the new edge and screw
2 wings near the tip.
Wedge in place in order to
maintain a good profle and
keep the edge horizontal.
fig. F
8. Applyepoxytoaffectedarea
and heat slightly with heat gun,
concentrating on each wing.
9. Put plastic over cut out area
and insert piece of new base
material.
10. Cover the affected area with
mold release paper and place
ski in heat press. fig. G
11. Whentheepoxyhascured,
remove the ski from the heat
press and remove base patch
and plastic flm.
12. Reapplyepoxytotheaffected
area.
13. Carefully insert piece of base
material into cut-out area.
14. Cover affected area with mold
release paper and place ski in
heat press.
15. Whentheepoxyhascured,
remove the ski from the heat
press.
16. Grindbaseandedgelocally.
17. Plane patch area to obtain
proper geometry with base
plane or fle.
18. Repair any damage to top layer
withamixtureofepoxyand
colorant.
19. Tuneandwaxtheski.
replacing edges
G F
D S A
partS (see page 66)
S90190 Standard Salomon edges
for all skis
MaterialS
screw(wood,1,5x15mm)
epoxy
epoxycolorantormethaneglue
moldreleasepaperorPEflm
basepatchdie(KTTechnic)
cutter,ruler
scalemodeldrillingmachinewith
cutting disc
narrowscrewdriver
heatgun
woodchisel
repairpress200mmlength
baseplaneWintersteiger,fle
beltgrinder
stonegrinder
Removed ski model
compatibilities for tip
protectors
Ski/SnowBlade
Salomon alpine boots
48
Boot
technical featureS
Standard Boot norMS
Standard Boot Sole dimensions > iSo 5355
in practical terms:
The boot manufacturers who display
one of the following markings:
DIN,ISO,N,UNIguaranteethat
they use standard norms.
In the absence of any of these,
check frst with the boot manufac-
turer. These boots are designed for
use with a pair of classic skis, and
not with a monoski, snowboard or
skiboard.
It is the skiers own responsibility
if (s)he chooses to take the addi-
tional risks.
When a pair of used boots is
brought in, make sure that any worn
parts are still within the norm.
8
0
8
0
00
0 0
I
8 1
6 mIa.
8
8
8
k
5 mIa.
7 1
1,5
max. hh
k k
66 40 mIa. 40 mIa.
FF
k
8
k
8
(bottom view)
(side view)
8
0
8
0
00
0 0
I
8 1
6 mIa.
8
8
8
k
5 mIa.
7 1
1,5
max. h h
k k
66 40 mIa. 40 mIa.
FF
k
8
k
8
(bottom view)
(side view)
The Alpine boot soles are standardized and bindings are designed accordingly.
The standard norm concerns not only the shape and dimensions as illustrated, but also the friction coeff-
cient of the area of the sole which is in contact with the anti-friction plate on the binding.
adult boot Junior boot
a 69 2 62 2
B 70 65
c 70 50
d* 100 (L < 300 mm) 80 (L < 240 mm)
120 (L
>
= 300 mm) 90 (L
>
= 240 mm)
e 5 1 3 1
f 19 1 16.5 1.5
g 30 2 25 2
h 30 1 27.52
i 4 1 3 1
ra 41.5 3.5 35 3
rB 18 1.5 16 2
rc 374 273
rd 36.250.75 34.5 1
legend (measurements in mm)
*L = boot sole length
Boot heel
Boot toe
standards & technIcal features > 49
Boot sole lengths
ModelS
Mondopoint SiZeS
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
22.5
23
23.5
24
24.5
25
25.5
26
26.5
27
27.5
28
28.5
29
29.5
30
30.5
31
31.5
32
33.5
charM 265 274 286 295 307 317 328 338 348
falcon / gun / Scarlet /
flyer
265 274 285 295 305 315 326 336
falcon 60 240 247 257 267 277 287 295 307
iMpact / idol / foil / MynX 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337 347 357
MiSSion / diVine 268 277 288 298 307 317 328 339 350 360
perforMa / irony 267 277 287 298 307 319 329 339 349 359 380
perforMa t3 266 276 285 296 306
perforMa t2 240 240 247 259
perforMa t1 203 203 223 223
Spk 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337
SyMBio rental 263 275 284 296 306 317 326 336 345
MiSSion rS / diVine rS 268 278 288 298 308 318 328 338 358 358 378
RemovedElios&Kitten
Added2Mondopoint
sizestoSPKmodelin
boot sole length chart
AddedMissionRSand
Divine RS to boot sole
length chart
Boot
salomon foot measurer > 50
SaloMon foot MeaSurer
1. Have your customer take off
his/her shoes and make sure
that he/she is wearing appropri-
ate ski socks (size and thick-
ness).
2. With your customer stand-
ing up, legs parallel and knees
slightly bent, make sure his/her
heels and medial side of both
feet are touching the sides of
the measurer.
3. Slowly move the length guide
fig. A until it touches the tip
of one foot.
iMportant: When you are
moving the black transversal
length guide, make sure you
dont put any pressure on the
toes when measuring the foot.
All you need to do is to barely
touch the end of the longest
toe. Too much pressure on the
toes could lead to errors in
reading by a few millimeters.
4. Read the size written vertically
where the red line is in the win-
dow. fig. S
ForMondopoint,youhavetotake
the width into account in the fol-
lowing manner: if the length of
the foot measured is situated in
this zone, this means the foot
measures between 260 mm and
269 mm. Then, to choose between
26.0 and 26.5, you must look at
the width scale fig. D (in this
case, make it correspond to the
maximumfootwidthwithsize26).
A foot that measures 261 mm
would ft in size 26.5 (wide foot),
whereas a foot that measures 268
mm can ft in size 26.0 (narrow
foot). fig. F
note: The increases in
Mondopoint sizes represented by
two triangles in a rectangle is made
to remind you that the boot sole
lengths change at the whole sizes,
not the half sizes.
remember that the size
indicated on the measurer
should be used to help the
dealer orient the customer
towards the proper size.
The fnal choice as to the appropri-
ate size should be left to the cus-
tomer depending on whether he/
she prefers a snug ft or not.
In principle, a technical skier who
appreciates a snug ft will choose
the size indicated on the measurer,
while a recreational skier will
prefer a roomier ft and will choose
one size higher.
procedure
Maintenance recommendations
Useadampclothtocleanthemeasurer.Itisprohibitedtousechemical
agents, hot water, pressurized water, gasoline, alcohol, detergents, sol-
vents or aerosols, which could permanently damage the plastic materials
and erase the marks.
the new Salomon SidaS Measurer
This measurer allows measures of:
Length:realMondopoint/frenchsizes/UKsizes/USsizes
Floatingwidthinmmwiththeintegrationofthecos18factorto
extrapolatethelengthfrsthead/ffthhead.
Precision:+/-3mm
Nocare
Salomon developed a foot mea sur er
that will help you provide better cus-
tomer service by being able to rec-
ommend the size that cor re sponds
to the dimensions (length and
width) of the skiers feet. however,
using the measurer can never re-
place trying on a boot.
The volume ft can be measured in
two dimensions. The morphology of
the foot and physical sensitivity of
each individual, according to his/her
sports activities and level (comfort/
performance ratio), are also deter-
mining factors in the choice of size.
The Salomon measurer can be used
for all Salomon footwear products
(Alpine,X-C,Hiking,In-lineskates,
Snowboard) and takes into account
the two fundamental dimensions of
both feet.
The length (main measure ment) :
it can be read directly on 5 inter-
nationalsizescales(USmens/
USwomens/UK/EUR/
Mondopoint).
The width in direct correlation
with the length measured. The
width measurement is partic u larly
useful to refne the mea sure ment
in Mondopoint because it orients
the customer towards the .0 sizes
(narrow feet) or .5 sizes (wide
feet).
warning
warning, procedure, and recommendations
A
S
D
F
Boot
advanced fIt > 51
internal layer for foot hold:
Forwarmthandcomfort
- Polyurethane(PU),opencellfoam
envelopment, breathability,
comfort
HighdensityCustomFitfoamforsupe-
rior envelopment.
Middle layer: Forfootenvelopment
and power transmission
- ThermoformablePE(CustomFit)or
self-moldingPU(Autoft)orpre-
formedPE(ThermicFit)
suppleness
Transmission foam coming from the
Neoprene family for quick reactions.
external layer for contact with the
shell: Forpressuredistributionand
thermal insulation
- Polyethylene, closed cell foam: insu-
lation, warmth, lightness, better ft
- PVC(Thermic+Rental):protection,
ruggedness, durability
- Sensift cuff construction for envel-
opment of the leg
- Suppleexteriorforcontactwiththe
shell and foot envelopment
- Anatomical tongue
adVanced fit technology liner
My customfit world cup:
Best performance. Extralow
volume Compact Race liner (3
layers). Specifc World Cup tongue
allowing shock absorbing.
My customfit race:
Best performance. Low volume
Compact Race liner (3 layers).
Rigid sole.
My customfit performance:
Better comfort on the heel, metas
& sole without altering perfor-
mance. Two layers liner: thermo-
formablefoam80%onallsensitive
areas (heel + metas + sole).
My customfit Sport: Better cus-
tomization of the tibia and ankles.
One layer liner: thermoformable
foam70%onoriginalareas.
My customfit comfort: Better
tibial customization. One layer liner:
thermoformablefoam60%onbasic
area (tongue).
liner Models
thermoforming
womens specifc features
external layer
Middle layer
internal layer
D
F
A
S
Womens liner with anatomic
tongues made of highly moldable
foams for better shin and instep
comfort in sensitive foot zones.
A Sliding band
Helps the heel slide in.
S Specifc tongue
AutoftandCustomFitfoamsfor
better shin and forefoot comfort.
D My customfit performance
ForatotalCustomFit.
F polar feece and/or fur
Forefootwarmth.
G therm-ic
technical description
layer construction
new customfit generation
old customfit generation
Xfit and Biovent
course cf pro / customfit pro:
CustomFittechnology+bi-material
technology. 100%foothold
and contact with the shell. Due
to a specifc 3 layer performance
construction.
3d customfit / customfit:
Comfort, warmth and customized
envelopment. Thermoformable
foams allow the liner to take on the
shape of the foot after a heating
procedure is performed with a
special machine designed by
Salomon. + Thermoformable insole
(3DCustomFit)
autocf: Automoulding foam in the
footenvelopmentforexceptional
comfort.CustomFittonguefora
better tibial customization.
autofit: Comfort, warmth,
insulation and personalized foot
envelopment. Self-molding foams
allow the liner to take on the shape
of the foot allowing anatomical
adaptation of the foots sensitive
areas: the tibia, ankle, forefoot and
anklebones.
thermicfit: Comfort and warmth
- Pre-formed zones protect the tibia
and the forefoot.
- A pleasure to slip into due to its
construction and materials.
Xft active: A comfortable, single
layer constructed thermo moldable
liner with customizable tongue
area for shin comfort and a wide
ankle area, positioned at the back
of the leg, for heel lock.
Xfit advanced: A comfortable,
single layer constructed thermo
moldable liner with customizable
tongue area for shin comfort. The
wide ankle area positioned at the
back of the leg and metas covers
all the critical foot comfort zones.
Xfit comfort: A comfortable,
single layer constructed thermo
moldable liner with a customizable
tongue area for shin and ankle
comfort.
Biovent: The very frst breathable
liner in a ski boot to keep feet
warm all day. This technology
helps regulate body temperature
thanks to a multilayer construction
inspired from apparel.
S
D
H
G
A
F
J
thermoformable zones:
A Straight and anatomical
tongue
- A thermoformable internal side
that provides precision and
comfort.
- Anexternalsidethatismore
rigid on the tibia and more sup-
pleinthefexareaforexcellent
pressure distribution without
hinderingfex.
S opened ankle area
Foridealmorphologicaladap ta-
tion regardless of the size and
shape of the bones.
non-thermoformable zones:
D asymmetrical and rigid cuff
Distributes pressure for instan-
ta neous transmission of efforts.
F watertight gusset
G Specific cuts for women and
men to avoid pressure points
on the lower calf.
H More supple zones allow for
easyentry/exitoftheboot.
J forefoot The space in front
of the metatarsal is not ther-
mo formable, which allows the
toes to move freely.
Boot
advanced fIt > 52
adVanced fit technology liner > (continued)
thermoforming machine > procedure
S A
F D
1. Remove the machine from its
boxandplaceitonafatsur-
face.Verifythatthevoltage
used is the same as indicated
on the machine.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Lift the nozzles using the han-
dles provided.
4. Close the boots buckles and
slide the boots onto the noz-
zles. Make sure that the top
edge of the boot touches the
obturator.
important: any insoles used
other than the ones received
in the boots at the time of
purchase should be removed
before the heating procedure
begins. re-install them after
heating to mold the liners.
5. After having read and under-
stood the machines instruc-
tions, especially those on
safety, you can now plug the
machine in.
Set the timer for 15 mins.
warning: Foroptimalresults,itis
important that:
- the heating process lasts
15minutes.Usingthemachine
for more than 15 mins can dam-
age the liner.
- operate the machine with both
boots in place.
putting the boot on
1. when thermoforming, you
should only use ski socks that
have the following character-
istics:
- socks that go higher than
the top of the boot,
- socks with at least 45% wool.
Wearing normal, low-cut socks
could cause skin reactions to
the heating process.
2. Remove the boots from the ma-
chine.
3. Close the hood.
4. The machine is now available
for thermoforming another pair
of boots.
5. Open the boot buckles.
6. The boots must be put on im-
mediately following the end of
the 15 min heating cycle.
if you feel any discomfort
whatsoever when stepping-in,
take your boots off immedi-
ately.
7. Closethebuckleswithmedium
pressure, not too tight. fig. D
8. Close the strap more frmly.
9. Tap the heel on the foor to
make a good impression of the
Achilles heel. fig. F
10. Wait 10 min in a standing posi-
tion.
11. Remove the boots.
practical advice
Salomon recommends that no
CustomFitlinerbethermoformed
more than three times.
To optimize the results of the
thermoforming process, it is
recommended that you make
severalfexmovementsduring
the 10 minute cooling process
to simulate the anklebone move-
ments when skiing. fig. G
It is recommended to wait
1/2 hour before skiing with the
boots, to allow for complete sta-
bilization of the thermoformed
liner.
drying with a machine
WhendryingtheCustomFitliners
with a drying machine, it is im-
portant to respect the drying time
recommended by the manufacturer
and that the temperature not ex-
ceed 40c.
Before using the machine for the frst time, return the guarrantee card to your Customer Service
Representative.Followtheinstructionsforthethermoformingmachinecloselyandpayparticularattention
to the rules on safety.
To guarantee good thermoforming, we have adapted a thermal sensor to our machines. If something is
abnormal during the heating process, the machine will work alternately. If this is the case, contact the cus-
tomer service in your country. Do not take the machine apart.
this machine is for exclusive use with Salomon cuStoMfit liners. any other use is forbidden.
preparing for use (fig. A-S)
Starting the machine
G
Boot
advanced fIt > 53
cuStoM Shell technology
custom Shell thermal forming
S
H
F
K
:
A
G
D
J
L
You can use your regular heating tools
though they would be less practical
than the oven:
heatingelementsfig. K.
gunfig. L.
boilingwaterfig. :.
warning: Kaprolenehasbeen
created to be deformed by the foots
natural pressure. Be very careful if you
need to use a pushing machine on the
KaproleneareasandNEVERpush
onthesidesareaswhereKaprolene
meetsthePUshell.
can the shell change forms several
times? As many times as you want!
The wider the foot, the more the shell
willexpand.Butitwontcomeback
from what foot width will the custom
Shell be useful? In size 26, from last
100 or 102 mm, the customer will feel
a real difference. The Custom Shell is
also useful for thinner feet in order to
reposition the foot even if the change is
not measurable on the shell.
what is the maximum width the shell
can expand to? Upto6mmwiththe
push of the foot only.
what is the advantage compared
to normal bootftting? Here, it is the
foot which changes the shell, there is
no more risk of misinterpretation, the
precision is perfect. Also, this process
saves time (30 min. to do everything &
the customer leaves with his/her boots)
and an easier manipulation (every
KOTFcandoit).
Should the custom soles be done be-
fore or after? Mold the soles before.
The customer should then step in the
warmed Custom Shell with the insoles.
Should other areas of the shell be
changed before or after? A modifca-
tion of the metatarsuss area can affect
thepositioningofthefoot.First,the
Custom Shell should be complete.
Then, the areas of the toes, ankles,
and navicular bone... can be changed
as usual, though avoid pushing on the
borders of the Custom Shell insert.
can i push in the custom Shell area
with my bootftting machine? Yes,
but it is not recommended. Since the
Custom Shell material has not been
created to resist to a push that is supe-
rior the feets push, avoid the side areas
of the insert.
does the plastic retract the same as
normal boots when cooled? Yes, but
two times less than normal plastic: ap-
proximately25%afterthebootshave
been taken out (a shell pushed out
4mm could come back to 3 mm).
what is the beneft of custom Shell
versus the custom fit? Should you do
it before or after? The work done on
the shell must be done before. This will
solve problems and last over time. The
molding of the liner must be done after
in order to put the fnishing touches
on the ft.
how do i know when the plastic is
warm enough? It is the same process
as usual when done with a manual test.
what is the ideal temperature to form
the custom Shell? 80C at core of
the plastic.
how many years of r&d did it take
to develop the custom Shell technol-
ogy? 3 years.
which is the impact of the new mate-
rial on the performance of the boot?
There is no effect because the mate-
rialhasthesamePUbaseasanormal
boot.Theboothasexactlythesame
behavior on snow. On the other hand,
once a boot is ft with the Custom
Shell, precision is increased.
if a customer wants an injected liner,
should it be done before or after? In
general, injection is done before work
on the shell.
i usually put normal boots in the
oven, how is custom Shell different?
The normal plastic is going to change
very little and comes back to the origi-
nal position more often. The deforma-
tion is thus quite low.
why is custom Shell not used in
world cup? In World Cup races, one
person is dedicated to each racer; ev-
erything is done by hand and each pair
is adapted to each discipline. Then you
could say having Custom Shell is like
having your own race technician!
We recommend the use of the Sidas
bootftting oven fig. A. Make sure the
customer uses only ski socks which go
higher than the top of the boot.
1. Remove liners from shells.
2. Put the shells in the oven with
buckles open fig. S.
3. Close the door and start the
machine, set the timer for 10
minutes. warning: Make sure
to wear insulated gloves when
removing boot shells. Do not allow
customers to touch the boot,
avoiding possible burns.
4. Switch off the oven and remove the
shells.
5. Put liners back in.
6. Help the customer to step in fig. D.
7. Closethebootswithminimum
tightening (frst tooth of the buckle)
and make sure the forefoot shell
seals stay in the right position.
warning: Ask your customer to
stand still. Avoid bending or walking
with warmed shells.
8. Make sure the shell has been
fully deformed before starting
the cooling process. (It takes
approximately2min).
9. Cool the boots: in cold water for 6
minutes (level of water: above the
seal) fig. F. warning: Water level
should not be higher than forefoot
shell seals to avoid getting liners wet.
- with cold packs for 6 minutes
fig. G.
AnewpatentedKaprolenematerialhasbeeninsertedontheshellofthebootnearthemetatarsalarea.Simplyheattheshell,stepinandallowthe
shell to form to the contours of the feet. This personalized ft gives unprecedented precision for improved on snow performance.
customization procedure
recommandations for experienced Bootftters
custom Shell faQ
- in snow for 6 minutes fig. H.
- naturally for 20 minutes fig. J.
10. Take boots off, the Custom Shell
boot is ready.
Boot
boot technologIes > 54
SaloMon Boot technologieS
canting adjustment (with lock)
The Canting is integrated into the
shell for reliable transmission and
protection. It allows alignment of
the cuff to the skiers lower leg
shape.
- The factory preset position for the
canting is + 2,5
- First,loosentheinternaland
externalCantingLockwiththe
HexagonalKeyn5.
- To adjust inwards to + 1,5
(a knock kneed stance), turn the
externaladjusterone-halfturn.*
- Toadjustexternallyto+3,5
(a bow legged stance), turn the
internal adjuster one-half turn.*
- Re-tighten the canting lock.
*note: Never turn both the internal
andexternaladjustmentsasthiswill
raise the whole cuff without adjusting
the canting.
+1.5 +3.5
+2.5
3d Buckle adjustment
The 3D buckle adjustment allows the
position of the instep buckle to be
changed for personalised foot hold:
- Unscrewthebucklewitha3mm
HexagonalKey.
- Position the buckle over the plastic
lug on the shell.
- Re-tighten in the alternate position.
auto 3d Buckle adjustment
Without using any tools, the Auto
3D buckle adjustment modifes
the position of the instep and/or
lower leg buckle to personalize
foothold:
- Lift the buckle up a
- Hold the lock down b
- Move the buckle to the desired
position c
- Release the lock d
d c
b a
Buckle teeth adjustment
Offers a greater range of lower
leg adjustment (+/- 20 mm):
- Loosen the screw with a 3
mmHexagonalKey.
- Re-tighten the screw and
buckle teeth in the new
position.
3 2 1
walkadin pads
Walking is easy and safe, skiing
is compatible with alpine DIN
standards.
tool free catches adjustment
Uppercatchesarealsoadjustable,withorwithouttools,toadapt
the volume of the upper cuff to your calves.
- To move upper catches, turn
them 90, move them laterally
(+ 15mm), then place them
back to their horizontal posi-
tion.
- To move lower catches,
loosen the screw with a 3mm
Allen wrench, position the
catches in the desired posi-
tion (+/- 20mm) and tighten
the screw.
extended lever Buckles
Extendedlever
buckles require
30%lesseffort
when closing.
Micro Buckle adjustment
Finetunethebuckleclosurebyturningthepartthatgripsthebuckleteeth.
Boot
boot concePts > ghost/sPk & ImPact > 55
ghost/Spk
Boot conceptS
technical deScription ghoSt & Spk
Loop to tongue
Shin pillow
Quicklace
55mm(XXXL)strap
Sensift
Toebox
Interchangeable rear
and front pads
3D shock absorber
PUlowershelland
PP cuff
Micro alu overshaped
buckles
Extrapaddedspoiler
MyCFPROlinerwith
fauxfur
Insole rubber grip
Absorbing footboard
Canting adjustment
Canting lock
MyCustomFit
PerformanceFreeride
lace liner
note
No spare parts available. If needed, please contact the After Sales Service of
the subsidiary.
3
A
4
1
2
5
6
7
9
8
10
11
12
imapct / idol / foil / Mynx
technical deScription iMpact 10
Sensift liner wings
Wide strap
Adjustable buckle
teeth
3D articulated buckle
Walkadin pads
Spaceframe shell
profle second skin
last and shell
Lower shell and
cuff energyzer
Canting
Canting lock
Micro adjustable
buckle
MyCFPro
adjustments and personalization > procedure
for a perfect fit
Sensift (fig. A)
A soft material over the instep for
improved envelopment and easier
step-in.
for a preciSe tranSMiSSion
adjustable rear Spoiler (fig. S)
Customisation of the rear support to
suit the shape and size of the skiers
leg and increase the rear support:
- Loosen the screw with a 5 mm
HexagonalKey,
- Choose the height (the higher the
spoiler, the stronger the rear sup-
port),
- Tighten the screw.
A S
additional featureS
walkadin pads
canting adjustment
54 Salomon Boot Technologies
60 Performance Accessories
7
9
S
D
F
H G 5
A
8
10
11
3
A
4
1
15
16
8
10
17
13 14
Boot
falcon / instinct / gun / Scarlet
Boot conceptS > (continued)
technical deScription falcon race
Anatomical shell
construction like a
second skin
MyCFRaceSensitive
liner.
Sensifit liner wings.
Lower shell and cuff
Energyzer
Canting adjustment.
Canting Lock.
3Dwide(XXL)strap.
3D buckle.
Custom Sole
Adjustable buckle
teeth
Micro adjustable
buckle
technical deScription falcon cS pro
Anatomical shell
construction like a
second skin
MyCFRaceSensitive
liner.
Sensifit liner wings.
Lower shell and cuff
Energyzer
Canting adjustment.
Canting Lock.
3Dwide(XXL)strap.
3D buckle.
Custom Sole
Adjustable buckle
teeth
Micro adjustable
buckle
Custom Shell
concePts > falcon/InstInct/gun/scarlet > 56
4
6
11
9
D
J
:
K
G
2
4
6
11
9
D
J
:
K
G
1 1
2
falcon kit
Shin plate (fig. A)
Usedtoreinforcetheforwardsupportand
stiffensthefex.Theheightandlateral
position are adjustable.
- Choose the forward or internal position
and use a 5,5 mm drill bit to drill the 1st
hole in the cuff where marked (the shin
plate is marked by a cross inside the cuff
of the boot).
- Choose the desired height and attach the
plate using the T insert and bolts pro-
vided.
- Align the plate correctly and use as a guide
to drill the 2nd hole and attach as shown.
rear spoiler (fig. S)
The rear spoiler (from the performance
kit) increases rear support (with 3 height
settings) and forward lean by + 2.
- Choose the desired height and attach
using the screw provided, in the pre-
drilled hole.
delta h lift (fig. D)
The 4 mm heel lift (from the performance
kit) can be used to improve instep/heel
hold and put the skiers weight forward
for faster initiation. Remove the liner and
position the wedge in the hole provided in
the rear of the Custom Sole.
Softening the Boot
Evenifthefexismoreprogressivethan
with tradtional racing boots, it can be
soften further more:
reversible Method: Remove the cant-
inglockscrews.Thisreducesthefexby
5-10%.PlacetheplugsfromtheRacing
kit into the screw holes on the outer cuff.
non reversible Method: This involves
cuttingtheVinthetoprearofthelower
shell and should be performed by your
specialized Salomon dealer.
3d strap (fig. F)
The internal part of the strap is vertically
adjustable.Forthetightnesstobesituated
more centrally on the tongue, unscrew the
screw(position1)witha3mmhexagonal
key and move the insert into the higher
hole (position 2). Re-tighten the screw.
F S
adjustments and personalization
D
A
additional featureS
custom Sole Standard
canting adjustment
12
Boot
boot concePts > mIssIon & dIvIne > 57
Mission rS / divine rS
Mission / divine
technical deScription MiSSion 10 rS
Loop on tongue
Wide strap
Tool free catch
adjustment
Spaceframe shell
profile second skin
last and shell
Pads
Canting
Micro adjustable
buckles
MyCustomFitPro
liner Biovent
technical deScription MiSSion 6
Sensifit liner wings
Strap
Tool free catch
adjustment
3D sensifit
Pads
Wings sole
technology
Micro adjustable
buckle
Removable spoiler
My Cf Pro
additional featureS
two extended lever Buckles
for a perfect fit
Sensift fig. A
A soft material over the instep for
improved envelopment and easier
step-in.
adjustable women spoiler fig. S
- To move the spoiler, turn the
screw 180 with a 5mm Allen
wrench.
Biovent liner
The very frst breathable liner in
a ski boot to keep feet warm all
day. This technology helps regu-
late body temperature thanks to
a multilayer construction inspired
from apparel.
romavable rear Spoiler
You remove it by clipping
7
A
S
D
F
9
8
H G 5
A S
additional featureS
two extended lever Buckles
canting adjustment
7
D
8
F G 5
H
1
2
Boot
replacing the lower leg buckle tooth
insert
1. Remove the liner and open the cuff
completely.
2. Drill the rivet inside the shell.
3. Remove the damaged buckle tooth
insert and its rivet.
4. Put a new buckle tooth insert in
place and proceed as follows :
using a t-nut
a. Place the threaded insert in the
rivet hole on the inside of the
boot.
b. Put the buckle into place and
install the screw tightly. The
prongs on the threaded insert
should be completely imbedded
into the cuff material.
c. Loosen the screw.
d. Put the washer into place. This
will prevent the tip of the screw
from going too far.
e. Tighten completely.
using a rivet. Usearivetonthe
outside and a washer inside and
proceed with riveting.
replacing the buckle and/or forefoot
buckle teeth
1. Remove the liner.
2. Drill the rivets in the buckle or the
damaged buckle teeth.
3. Remove the damaged buckle or the
buckle teeth and the rivet. Save the
washer.
4. Put in a new buckle or buckle teeth
and attach with a rivet or T-nut.
using a rivet. Useanewrivetand
the original washer and proceed
with riveting.
using a t-nut. Put the threaded
insert into the rivet hole from the
inside of the boot. Put the buckle
in place and tighten completely.
The prongs on the threaded insert
should be completely imbedded in
the material.
to remove the liner
Turn the clip on the inside of the liner
1/4 turn with a screwdriver.
repairs > procedure
SyMBio 440
Plastic buckles
PUShell
Replaceable toe
and heel pads
Adjustable lower
leg lever
Thermic liner
Bar code integrated
to the liner
additional featureS
A
lower leg adjustment
It is possible to change the lower leg
adjustment according to the mor-
phology of the skiers lower leg.
adjusting the lower leg cable
- Place the lower leg cable in the
desired setting of the buckle teeth
on the medial side of the boot.
(fig. A)
Longer or shorter cables are avail-
able from the spare parts catalog
(page 66) to adapt to all shapes
and sizes.
Symbio rental Model
boot concePts > elIos/charm & symbIo > 58
elios / charm
A
D
F
Ski
walk
S
technical deScription charM
Wide strap
Tool free catch
adjustment
Walkadin pads
Ski/walk position
Micro adjustable
buckle
Warmest liner
adjustable rear spoiler fig. A
Customize the rear support to suit
the shape and size of your leg and
increase the rear support:
- Loosen the screw with a 5mm
Allen wrench.
- Choose the height (The higher
the spoiler the stronger the
rear support).
- Tighten the screw.
oversize Sensift fig. S
The Oversize Sensift, designed
with supple material, offers easy
entry/exitandanoptimumlevel
of comfort.
Ski/walk adjustment fig. D
Theeasy-to-useSKI/WALKbut-
tonreleasesthecuffforrelaxing
and easy walking. (Push the button
downfortheWALKposition)
Step in strap fig. F
The Step-in strap offers the possi-
bility to put the boot on effortlessly,
with only one hand.
additional featureS
walkadin pads
6
4
A
S
3
5
6
4
1
3 3 2
5
Boot
foot anatoMy and fit
distortion of foot when weighted
a. posterior tarsus
1. Calcaneus
2. Talus (Astragalus)
3. Trochlear surface
B. anterior tarsus
4. Navicular bone (Tarsal
Scaphoid)
5. Cuboid bone
6. 3 cuneiform bones
c. Metatarsus
7. 5metatarsalbones
d. toes
8. 14 phalanges
notions of anatomy
A basic knowledge of anatomy of the foot is essential if you are going to understand and solve your custom-
ers problems and needs since each foot is unique.
Normal knees. Varus knees. Valgus knees.
types of legs
Some people naturally have varus or
valgus knees. The boot cuff follows
the profle of the leg. Therefore, the
boot sole forms an angle with the
ground (i.e.: the ski is not fat).
The ski boots can be adapted to the
shape of the leg by canting the cuff.
The canting adjustment by canting
the cuff allows the boot to follow
the morphology of the leg to keep
skis fat
the bones of the foot
When the foot is weighted (standing
position), it can change in size:
- lengthwise, it can get 5 mm longer,
- widthwise, it can get 12 mm wider.
Whenthefootisfexed,wenotice:
- the circumference of the ankle in-
creases about 2 mm,
- theaxisbetweenthetalus(astra-
galus) and calcaneus becomes
off-centered which increases the
surface area at the base of the foot.
Therefore, to be accurate, feet should
be measured when the person is
standing with his/her weight distrib-
uted on both feet and knees slightly
fexed.
types of feet
A deeper analysis of the customers feet (fig. F) is necessary to observe
the possible deformations that can become problem areas. Salomon has
parts (page 66) at your disposal that will help you to easily adapt the
boots to these deformations.
high arches:
The skier needs an arch support
that can relieve pressure on over-
loaded areas.
Arch supports can be attached to
the footboards. (fig. G)
Supinated or pronated feet:
This is the deviation of the foots
verticalaxistowardsthemedialor
lateral side, which can lead to prob-
lems in the areas of the anklebones,
navicular bone or talus.
To adapt to this deviation of the
foot, it is possible to place wedges
directly on the footboard.
However, this wedge should only be
used if the lateral articulation under
the ankle bone is mobile. (fig. H)
high instep:
Youcangrindthefootboard(Falcon
andXWave)toincreasethevol-
ume. This sole is realized in grind-
ablePUfoam.Toincreasethe
volume of the boot or to change the
position of the foot.
Caution, grind on the top surface
only.Grindingthebasewilleffect
the interface with the Chassis. A
depth gauge is marked front and
back for even grinding. (fig. J)
low instep:
The height and inclination of the
footboard can be modifed by
adding:
- heel lifts (fig. K)
G H
J K
Pronated Normal Supinated
fat foot foot high-arched foot
F
foot anatomy & fIt > notIons of anatomy > 59
Boot
foot anatoMy and fit > Recommendations (continued)
* caution: ThebootswhoselowershellsarentmadeofPolyurethane(PU)mustnotbestretchedwithheat(thereisariskofdamagingthematerial).Tofndoutwhatthe
lower shell is made of, see Boot Measurements & Materials chart on page 50).
recommendations & performance accessories
The modifcations that can be made
on the Salomon boots should be
considered as the fnal touch of
personalization.
Before undertaking this type of
operation, it is important to observe
certain basic rules:
- Always proceed step by step,
starting with temporary measures
before going on to permanent
changes.
- If you decide to proceed with the
permanent modifcations as a
last resort, they are entirely your
responsibility.
They require the proper tools and
should be undertaken only for big
problemsandbyexperiencedspe-
cialists.Forexample:
- Stretching the shell.
- Grindingtheliner(notrecom-
mended for manufactured liners).
- Grindingtheshell.
important: Boots whose lower
shell material is not made of
Polyurethane(PU),shouldnotbe
heated (risk of damaging the ma-
terial).
problems, causes & Solutions chart
problems causes Solutions
firSt MetatarSal preSSure
(medial side of the forefoot)
Shell too narrow.
Prominent frst
metatarsal.
Solutions all products:
Stick adhesive foam around the frst metatarsal on the medial side
of the liner.
Stretch the shell locally with a heat gun* and other tools designed
forthispurpose(suchasSIDAS)(exceptSymbioandRearEntry).
X wave, ellipse, performa: Be careful not to overheat the Sensift or
instep gusset of the boot during the heating operation (there is a risk
of deforming it due to how thin this part is).

fifth MetatarSal preSSure
(lateral side of the forefoot)
Shell (or liner) too
narrow. Prominent
ffth metatarsal.
Remove the insole (increases volume).
Stick adhesive foam around the painful area to dissipate the pressure.
Stretch the shell locally using a heat gun* and other tools designed for
thispurpose(suchasSIDAS)(exceptSymbioandRearEntry).
X wave, performa and Verse: Be careful not to overheat the Sensift
or the instep gusset of the boot during the heating operation (there is
a risk of deforming it due to how thin this part is).

ankleBone preSSure
pain/pressure behind one or
both ankle bones.
Prominent medial and
lateral ankle bones.
Heel shape.
Solutions for falcon, X wave, performa:
Special precautions are required when stretching the shell:
heat* the inside and outside of the cuff and lower shell simultaneously (so that both will be
at the same temperature despite their different thicknesses and layers),
place the stretching device on the inside, close the boot during the
stretching operation, and proceed with very small successive de-
grees of stretching to avoid creating a space between the cuff and
the shell.
falcon and X wave:
Be careful not to heat the metal parts (there is a risk of damaging the
plastic).
Solutions for rear-entry models:
Remove the insole to increase the volume.
Stick a C-shaped foam pad in the area around the
ankle bones (on the liner).
Remove some foam from the liner in the area
around the ankle bones.
Add shims to blue heel envelopment plate.
foot anatomy & fIt > recommendatIons > 60
Boot
foot anatoMy and fit > Recommendations (continued)
problems, causes & Solutions chart
problems causes Solutions
heel preSSure Lack of room in the
boot. Prominent cal-
caneus(exostosis).
Stickachevron(foampadintheformofaninvertedV)abovethe
calcaneus to push the foot forward in the shell and reduce the
pressure on the heel.
ItispossibletoremovesomePUfrombothsidesoftheAchilles
tendon on the cuff (grinding) and/or on the lower shell
(Falcon,XWave,EllipseandPerforma).
heel MoVeMent Verynarrowheel.
Achillestendonaxis
very hollow.
Thin ankle.
Stick a chevron above the calcaneus on the liner.
Stick an L-shaped piece of foam under each ankle bone (for bet-
ter grip).
Add a shim to the top of the liner (forward position that pushes
the foot backward in the boot and increases pressure on the
heel).
Useathickerinsole.
Add a shim under the footboard.
Add heel lifts.
inSulation and nuMBneSS
cold, numb feet.
Poor blood circulation
caused by pressure
on the blood vessels/
nerves.
Poor foothold
distribution
(especially with
children).
Make sure the adjustments are not too tight.
Remove the insoles from the liners.
Add a small arch support and varus wedge (or a shim on the inside of the heel under
the footboard from the performance series).
Grindthefootboard.
craMpS
Muscle pain under the
arch, in the calf, pressure
points, irritations.
Pronounced arch,
high instep or fat
foot.
Pronated foot.
Thick lower leg.
Add or remove the arch support.
Add an insole or propose a custom insole.
Remove all shims under the footboard.
Modify the angle of the forward lean to distribute the skiers weight differently.
Grindthefootboard.
GrindingtheCustomSole:
To increase the volume of the boot or to change the position
of the foot. Caution, grind on the top surface only.
Grindingthebasewillaffecttheinterfacewiththe
Chassis. A depth gauge is marked front and
back for even grinding.
Shin Bite Lack of pressure
distribution.
falcon:
Add a shin wedge on the cuff (choose the mounting position ac-
cording to the height of the skier).

foot anatomy & fIt > recommendatIons > 61
Boot
Technical reference
for the complete line
of current Salomon
helmets and poles
62
helMet & pole
Salomonchannelledallitsexperi-
ence for your protection and plea-
sure but dont lose your head!
Our helmets combine our recognized
professionnalism and pure design to
create protection for the senses.
Our comprehensive winter sport
helmet range meets applicable hel-
met standards and uses the unique
AdvancedFitTechnologydesignfor
your comfort and performance.
Be smart and protect your head
in style.
helmets dont offer
absolute protection, so
ride within your limits
and take care.
!
helMet technology
- iMportant: the helmet must always
be fastened on the head (chin strap
buckled under the chin).
- Check the adjustment and the condi-
tion of your helmet before each use.
- Always take care of your helmet,
even when not using it. Store it away
from any heat source and sunlight
(sinceprolongedexposuretothe
sun weakens all plas tic materials,
it is recommended to replace your
helmet at least every 3 years). Let it
dry in a ventilated area.
- Forcleaningtheoutsidesurfaceofthe
skull cap, use soap and water only.
- Do not use any type of gasoline
products, solvents or any other
chemical substances.
- Do not modify the helmet in any way.
Do not varnish it or add any coloring
products.
- After receiving an impact, the helmet
may be damaged to the point that
it is no longer adequate to protect
the wearers head against further
impacts. Even if the damage is not
visible, it is necessary to replace the
helmet.
instructions for use and maintenance
In order to meet consumers
needs in terms of safety, head
hold and comfort Salomon uses
two construction technologies:
Standard technology and In Mold
technology. Both provide per-
formance in terms of resistance,
absorption, defecting impact and
resisting penetration.
Standard technology: anexternal
cap made of ABS combined with
an internal cap made of EPS. This
technology is commonly used by
every helmet manufacturer.
in Mold technology: anexternal
PC layer molded together with
the EPS cap to provide the best
ratio lightness / resistance to the
helmet.
fit foams: All our models are
beneftingfromspecifcFitfoams
disposed on the anatomical areas
to increase head comfort.
oSfa (fig. S) With this adjust-
ment system the helmet is cover-
ing several sizes: one helmet for
sizes 51-55cm and one helmet for
sizes 55-58cm.
My perfect fit
women
A
FJ=8 FJ=8
Standards
roll off dynamic fastening
impact test test device test
examples of the main tests of norms:
ce - en 1077
(helmets for alpine skiers*) -
tV certified.
aStM f2040 (helmets for recre-
ational* snow sports).
* Non motorized winter sports
all Salomon helmets respect the following standards :
covered areas Visibility
measurement measurement
helmet > 63
helmet technical information
warning: for use with Salomon
snowsports helmets only.
Headphones used in snowsports
may cause the skier/rider to not
hear other skiers/riders. This can
lead to an accident and possible
injury or death. Always stay in
control. Skiers/Riders downhill
from you always have priority, so
it's your priority to make sure you
avoid them. Headphones will also
restrict your ability to hear what
your edge/edges are doing on the
snow and may distract you. They
may distract you from focusing on
skiing or riding safely which may
lead to less control.
care and handling:
The earpad sound system is built
to handle cold, snowy conditions.
However, this system is not wa-
terproof. Do not submerge the
Earpad or cord in water or any
other liquid. Do not attempt to
clean or to disinfect your helmet
with the earpad sound system
installed.
Sound System
helMet & pole
helMet technology > (continued)
choosing the right size for your helmet
head Measurer use & Maintenance
warning:
Salomon has developed a head
mea sur er that will help you to bet-
ter serve your customer by being
able to recommend the helmet size
that corresponds to the circumfer-
ence of his/her head.
This measurer can be used for all
Salomon Alpine and In Line Skate
helmets.
Please remember that the size
given by the measurer (centime-
ters) should be used only as an
indication to help you orient your
customer toward the proper size.
The fnal selection of the appropri-
ate size should be left to the cus-
tomer.
Usingthemeasurershouldnever
replace trying on the helmet.
The helmet is a safety product: it
must be chosen in the size that is
suitable to its user and be properly
positioned on his/her head (the
chin strap adjusted in the closed
position) to ensure optimum pro-
tection, comfort and hold.
recommendations for use:
- Loosen the roller (a) to be able
to place the measurer easily on
the head.
- Position the measurer on the
head according to (fig. H),
touching the brow (B) and the
occipital bone (c).
Important: Make sure the head-
band (d) does not compress
the ears, which would affect the
measurement.
- Hold the measurer in this posi-
tion and turn the roller (a) (rotate
it clockwise).
- Turn the roller until it disengages
(fig. J).
- Carefully remove the measurer
from the head, pulling the rear
upward, while maintaining pres-
sure on the nose (fig. K).
- Read the measurement on the
graduated scale (e) in the win-
dow (fig. L).
- Choose the helmet according to
the size given by the measurer.
- Try the helmet on. Switch sizes if
there is a problem with the ft.
Salomon has provided for stickers
that can be put on the head mea-
surer for a better understanding of
how to use the roller.
Maintenance recommendations:
To clean the measurer, you can use
a cloth with soap and water.
It is prohibited to use chemi-
cal products, hot water or pres-
surized water, gasoline, alcohol,
detergents, solvents or aerosols
that could permanently damage
the plastic materials and erase the
markings.
warning:
Salomon does not cover any dam-
age to the head measurer that is a
result of transportation, storage or
not abiding by the instructions for
use or maintenance.
H J K L
choosing your size (see table):
The helmet is a safety product.
To ensure optimal protection,
comfort and head hold, the helmet
must be chosen in the correct size.
To choose the correct size, it is
nec es sary to measure the cranial
perime ter of the head in cm (from
the fore head to the most promi-
nent back part of the head).
helmet adjustment:
The helmet must be properdine
positioned on, and adjusted to the
usersheadtoensuremaximum
comfort and protection.
A properly positioned helmet must
not be too far forward or back-
wards on the users head ; the chin
strap must always be properly
adjusted and in the closed position.
In case of childrens helmets, an
adult should always check that the
helmet is properly secured.
helmet > 64
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
YOUR SIZE Head perimeter (cm)
adult woMen
Divine Origins, Divine, Icon, Charm,
Poison, Venom audio, Venom
adult Men
Equipe, Valdez, Impact Blue tooth,
X-Wing, Impact, Ranger, Pulse,
Patrol Ace, Patrol, Brigade audio,
Brigade
Junior
Equipe JR, Jib, Kiana,
OSFA System
Equipe Racing, Zoom
S/M (55-58)
XXS (51-55)
XXS (53-54) S (55-56) M (57-58) JR (51-52)
XS* (54-55) M (57-58) XL (60-61)
XXL (61-62) L (58-59) S (55-56)
XXS (53-54)
L (58-59)
M (57-58)
XS (54-55)
S (55-56)
*NotavailableforEquipe,Valdez,X-WingandPulseHelmets
helMet & pole
- Turn the pole upside down with the tip pointing up,
- Hold the pole right under the basket,
- Your arm will form a right angle (90) when you have
the ideal size.
choosing a pole size
Useaclothwithsoapandwatertocleanthepoles.Itisprohibitedtouse
chemicals, hot water or pressurized water, gasoline, alcohol, detergents,
solvents or aerosols that can permanently damage the plastic materials
and erase the cosmetics.
Maintenance recommendations
- Spaceframe shaft: specifc 3D
shapes (wing and AHT) for
advanced performance: higher
resistance and stiffness.
- Bi-material grip:
hard part for precision,
soft part for comfort.
- Racing grip: specifcally de-
signed for racers, a closer grip
to the pole for higher precision.
- Ultralightfoamgrip:thebest
grip if you need lightness and
comfort with or without gloves.
- Gripft:thegripwiththebestft
and right shapes for less efforts.
- NPS (No Problem Strap): dual
side strap, easy to use and with
improved comfort.
- Interchangeable baskets: the big
one fts off-pists and powder, the
small one is more adapted for all
other uses.
- Carbide tip: bi-material tip for
higher resistance and durability.
Benefts of main technical features
pole technonolgy
Mounting the replaceable baskets > procedure
a) Position the basket according to
the two side pins. fig. A&S.
Turn the basket 1/4 times to at-
tach it.
B) Mounting: at the same time,
screw the basket on and push it
towards the handle of the pole.
fig. D. Removing: at the same
time, unscrew the basket and
pull it toward the tip of the pole.
c) Screw the basket on completely
until you hear four clicks (wear
gloves as a precaution). fig. F
Salomon has made 3 types of replaceable baskets available to you:
3 1 4 2
- Salomon designed specifc poles for rental adapted to a professional
and intense use.
- This warranty will not apply for damages resulting of rental use of poles
that was not designed specifcally for rental.
pole Shaft Materials > technical features
aluminium range
- Salomon know-how in alumini-
um is proven with bindings, ILS
and Mavic wheels.
- Accordingtothisexperience,we
defned three levels of strength:
aluminium technology
by Salomon
HHHH al
40%stronger
HHH al
15%stronger
HH al
Competitive strength/price ratio
composite range
- We do our poles shafts the
same way that golf companies
do their own golf shafts.
- We defned three levels of
Carbon grade:
carbon technology
by Salomon
HHHH c
45%moreCarbon
HHH c
15%moreCarbon
HH c
Competitive stiffness/strength ratio
rental poles
Pole > 65
pole technical information
helMet & pole
Spare partS
alpine Binding 67
SkiS 72
poleS 72
alpine BootS 73
nordic 76
SnowBoard BoardS 77
SnowBoard BindingS 77
SnowBoard BootS 79
footwear 80
contents > 66
This catalogue is for product display only. Salomon reserves the right to modify or discontinue any product. Every product not available in all countries. SALOMON reserves
the right to limit or to modify color and/or aesthetic versions of spare parts. These spare parts will nonetheless continue to be distributed in their original functions.
All rights reserved. Any reproductions, partial or in full, are prohibited.
Spare partS contentS
(All prices in U.S. dollars)
Spare partS
alPIne bIndIngs > 67
alpine Binding
track
1X2
Smartrak Prolink + 914 78829401 20.00 $
Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12 Z10 711 78829501 20.00 $
Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12 TI Z10 TI 710TI 78829601 20.00 $
1X2
04-05 S912 TI SC S810TI SC S712SCS710TISCS710SC C609 SC C608 SC
C607SC C509 SC 06 Z12 TI SC Z12 SC Z10 TI SC Z10 SC 710SC 609 SC
608 SC
78378501 9.00 $
1X2 04-05 S305 SC 06 305 SC 07KRRTZ5SC NRR TZ5 SC 08 NR TZ5 SC FRTZ5SC 78378701 9.00 $
adjustable toe Base plate
1X2
S900 Eq SC 99 SC 04+: All products
IFT Free & fast 04+: All SC products
001178 10.00 $
Quadrax toe track
1X2
S700S700SRS700TS700TSRS710S708TSRS710SRS711SRS710Ti
S711Pa
78379001 4.75 $
1X2
Z12 TI Z10 Z10 TI Z10FIS20710 610 609 609 SR 608 SmartrakGrip+Z12
Z10 Z10 TI 710TI 611 610 609 609 TI WARNING CHANGE THE SCREW FOR:
Z10TIAXE+(788314) 610 CP (000930) 609 D+ (001101) 607(000896)607SR(000896)
78829701 4.75 $
Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12 TI Z12 Z10 711710 Z12 TI SC Z12 SC
Z10 TI SC Z10 SC 609 SC 710SC 608 SC ITF:711
78829801 4.75 $
1X2 07 Junior TZ 5 TZ 5 SR 08LZ7 54833901 4.75 $
1X2 08 LZ 8 LZ 9 10061901 4.75 $
position indicator
1X2 ITF Free & Fast SC 04+: All products 78385801 4.00 $
Screw / nut
1X4
Pilot Sport Pilot AK Rocket:CrossmaxPilot10/9/8/7VersePilot10/8
AKRocketPilot 00-03
887605 7.25 $
1X4 Pilot Edge Modle 03CrossmaxPilot10/8 78146101 6.00 $
1X4
Pilot Edge 04+CrossmaxPilot10/8/V12/V10/V8 Equipe Pilot 10 SC/RC/GC
EquipePilot9GCDemoPilot103V/2V/9 Rush Pilot 10/7
78389601 7.25 $
1X4
Pilot Freeride: Scrambler Hot Pilot 9/8/7ScreamAKRocketPilot10Hot/XTRAHot/8
Siam Pilot 10/7/5
78146201 18.00 $
central plate
1X2 920 LAB 916 LAB 914 LAB 920 ZZ LAB 916 ZZ LAB Z920 LAB SS Z916 LAB SS 78576301 6.00 $
1X2 920 LAB 916 LAB 914 LAB 920 ZZ LAB 916 ZZ LAB Z920 LAB SS Z916 LAB SS 78829901 5.00 $
1X2
Smartrak Prolink/Control + 914 Z12 Z10 711 78833601 9.00 $
Smartrak Prolink/Smartrak Control + Z12 TI Z10 TI 710TI 78833801 13.00 $
SmartrakGrip+914 Z12 Z10 611 610 609 78833901 9.00 $
SmartrakGrip+609TI710TI Z10 TI 78834001 13.00 $
Smartrak Rental 10056601 9.00 $
heel guide or heel track housing
1X2 C&S: All products 99- Except:Junior 001173 5.00 $
track
1X2 Pilot Retail Ti: All products 78389801 13.00 $
1X2 Flat Ti: All products 78389702 13.00 $
1X2 Smartrak Ti: All products 24729201 28.00 $
how to read the tables
04: year 230-308 mm: dimensions (T175): size ##### while quantites last ##### New
Reference Parts Count
Spare partS
lever
1X2
All C&S products Kaikki C&S Tuotteet 99+Except:Junior Cosmic Racing 900
850 700725 600 509 400
78393901 8.00 $
V.i. window
1X2
C305 mini (0,50-2,5) 78146701 5.00 $
C305 S305 S 305 SC C 305 SR (0,75-4,5) 78146601 5.00 $
1X2 S710 C610 04- (3,0-10,0) 888484 6.00 $

1X10 C509 Q500 SR Q575 Q500 SC Q500 C505 Drive+ C509 SR C509 SC 04- (2,5-9,0) 001059 10.00 $
S810 Driver Bdg (3,0-10,0) 78582601 18.00 $
S912 Driver Bdg (4,0-12,0) 78582301 18.00 $
anti friction plate
1X2 914FIS20 914 78830001 7.50 $
1X2 Z12 TI Z12 Z12 TI SC Z12 SC Z10 TI SC Z10 710TI710SC710710ITF 78830101 7.50 $
1X2
611 610 610 SC 610 CP 609 609 Ti/D+ 609 SC 608 608 SC 78830201 6.00 $
607607SR 78830301 6.00 $
1X2 914 LAB 78830401 6.75 $
1X2
All S914 models(exceptS914TFis17) S912 S910 S875 S850 S812 811 S810
S900EqPoweraxeS900EqALPoweraxeS900EqAxeplus99 S900 TI S900EqFIS
S900 Carbon 99 S900 Eq AL 99 S900 Eq SC 99 S711PsS711S711PiSpS710
Pi Sp SR
887608 13.00 $
1X2 00-05 All C products Except:C607C607SR 888134 12.00 $
1X2
Quadrax 600 (sauf Q600 Equalizer) Q675Q700SynchroC Q400 Q300 Q300 SR
Q300 Synchro C Q300 mini Q500 Q600 Q600 Drive Plus 99 Q600Poweraxe Q500
SR Q500 Drive Plus 99 Q400 SR Q500 Synchro C (Drive +) Q725Drive+Q725
PoweraxeQ575 C509 sr C509 C407SRC407C305GromSRC305Grom Mini
Grom C610
000934 8.00 $
1X2
Allproducts:S700S712S710
Axe+Pa/Sc/SR ITFFree&FastTi05-
001076 7.00 $
1X2 S300 S300 SC S305 S305 SC 05- 001134 8.00 $
1X2 Universal AFD (adult & junior boots norms) for: 07 Junior TZ 5 TZ 5 SR TZ 5 S 54834001 4.00 $
1X2 Junior Performance AFD (Junior boots norms only) for: 07 Junior TZ 5 TZ 5 SR TZ 5 SC 89267001
1X2 Universal AFD (adult & junior boots norms) for: 08 Junior TZ 5 LZ7 LZ 8 LZ 9 10056701 4.00 $
1X2 07 STH 12 08 STH 14 54834101 8.00 $
1X2 07 STH 16 08 STH 14 Driver 54834201 10.00 $
toe housing
1X2
Z12 TI Z10 Z10 TI Z10FIS20Z10TIAXE+710 610 CP 610 609 D+ 609 609
SR 608 607607SRSmartrakGrip+Z12 Z10 Z10 TI 710TI 611 610 609
609 TI Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12 TI Z12 Z10 711710
78856001 15.00 $
SC: Z12 TI SC Z12 SC Z10 TI SC Z10 SC 609 SC 710SC 608 SC ITF:711 78856101 13.00 $
Stickers Sets
2X10 SC Senior & Junior Toe Stickers (@ 1 @2) 78390301 7.00 $
Brake
1X2 Junior SC: Q300 SC S300 SC S305 SC 305 SC 06 887610 12.00 $
1X2
Junior SR: Q300 Q300 SR S300 S305 C305 SR 305 SR 03-07 305 06 887611 10.00 $
Junior mini: Q300 Mini MiniGrom 305 mini 06 887609 10.00 $
1X2 Junior: TZ 5 TZ 5 SR 07 54834301 12.00 $
1X2 Junior: TZ 5 SC TZ 5 Juniortrak 07 10055301 10.00 $
Spare partS
1X2
S920 LAB S916 LAB S914 LAB
920 ZZ LAB 916 ZZ LAB
914 ZZ LAB STH 16 STH 14 STH 12
R75 DG X 100: 78575401
R75 L DG X 115: 78576101
R80 DG X 100: 78575501
R90 DG X 100: 78575701
R100 DG X 100: 78575801
R115 DG X 100: 78575901
R130 DG X 100: 78855701
15.00 $
15.00 $
15.00 $
15.00 $
22.00 $
22.00 $
1X2
ALLModelsexceptS920 LAB S916 LAB
S914 LAB 920 ZZ LAB 916 ZZ LAB
914 ZZ LAB STH 16 STH 14 STH 12
Junior
B75 DG X 100: 78574501
B80 DG X 100: 78574801
B85 DG X 100: 78574901
B90 DG X 100: 78575001
B100 DG X 100: 78575101
B115 DG X 100: 78575201
B130 DG X 100: 78830601
15.00 $
15.00 $
15.00 $
15.00 $
18.00 $
22.00 $
22.00 $
C609 SC on Snowblade B85 G X 100: 78855801 15.00 $
On Pilot EDGE 03-05 skis B75 L DG X 115: 78574701 15.00 $
G = Grip
l
L
DG = Double Grip
B 85 G x 100
R 100 DG x 100
l L
Jigs
1X1
All Senior products
56-99 mm: 001156
80-123 mm: 001157
100.00 $
100.00 $
Q300 Q300mini S300 S305 C305 MiniGrom 56-99 mm: 78406101 80.00 $
TZ 5 Juniortrak 56-99 mm: 24729001 80.00 $
Synchro Center+Rental: Junior/Senior
56-99 mm: 001003
80-123 mm: 001040
100.00 $
100.00 $
Smartrak prolink Smartrak Control SmartrakGrip 70-116 mm: 78840301 100.00 $
5X2
Paper jig: Senior fat ski 001023 24.00 $
Paper jig: Senior fat rental ski 001024 24.00 $
1X2 Paper jig: Smartrak prolink Smartrak Control SmartrakGrip 78830701 5.00 $
tools
1X1 Deflex/Hangl&PoweraxeRaceGS:Drillbit 4,6 X L 11,5 mm: 001121 40.00 $
1X5 Drill bit
3,6 X L 8 mm : 000814 4,1 X L 8 mm: 000813
4,1 X L 9,5 mm: 000893 3,6 X L 9,5 mm: 000892
78.00 $
78.00 $
1X5 Tap 000816 200.00 $
1X5 Tap brace 000817 30.00 $
1X1 Posidrive bit Fein 7 mm: 000861 18.00 $
1X1 Pilot:Torxbitforelectricscrewdriver Fein 25 mm: 887607 16.00 $
1X1 Posidrive screwdriver 7 mm: 000862 14.00 $
1X1 Adjustement tool 000902 20.00 $
1X2 Pilot & Poweraxe Race GS / Hangl 00: Torxbit 25 mm: 887606 16.00 $
1X1 Double repair kit (2extractordrillbit+70plugs) 000878 129.00 $
1X100 Repair plugs 000846 16.00 $
1X1 Special binding mounting glue 000811 10.00 $
1X100 Plastic plugs
4,5 mm: (white) 000819 (black) 000818
(grey) 000822
3.50 $
3.50 $
1X1 Tube of grease 000905 5.00 $
1X2 Transparent demoboard + straps 001188 20.00 $
plate kit
1X2
Axe Plus S900 Eq 99 S900 Eq Alium 99 S900 Carbon 99 S850 99
S900 Eq Team 99 S914 S810
16,5 mm: 001153 20.00 $
1X2 Cosmic&ZAxeplus 15 mm: 78491501 20.00 $
1X2 Snowblade release 78497501 34.00 $
Spare partS
88813901
88813801
10 x 34,0
10 x 20,5
001102
78385901
78831301
78831401
78832201
78832801
9 x 10,7
9 x 34,0
001136
001138
10 x 11,8 000894
000829
000897
000832
000909
000912
000961
001058
000896
000910
10 x 13,5
10 x 18,8
10 x 23,0
9 x 10,0
9 x 29,0
9 x 8,5
9 x 32,5
9 x 15,0
10 x 16,5
9 x 25,5
000960 9 x 27,0
000959 9 x 9,2
001083
10 x 19,5 001086
9 x 19,5 001057
000930 9 x 16,5
000911 9 x 18,0
000830 10 x 15,0
000958 9 x 12,5
9 x 21,0 001082
9 x 23,0
8,8 x 14,35
9 x 17,3
9 x 26
BN8 4 x 10
8,8 x 12,7
10115201 8,8 x 12,6
10 x 12
001101
9 x 24,0 001100
10 x 13,5
10 x 16,5
10 x 20,5
10 x 23,2
10 x 27,5
10 x 18,3
10 x 21,3
10 x 36,0
10 x 29,0
10 x 32,5
10 x 25,0
000834
000899
000836
000900
000957
001004
001018
000908
001085
001087
001099
Rfrence
Reference
L
mm : x L mm : x L
Voir tableaux pages suivantes pour les modles correspondants
See charts on following pages for the concerned models
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
001153 79491501
787169 - 787170
SMARTRAK CONTROL +
Z12TI . Z10
78497501 SMARTRAK JUNIOR
001101
000912
001102
001057
001083
78831501
78831701
78832001
78832501
L
Longuaur LangIh
e.g.: 17/ 000900
}
12.00 $
15.00 $
10.00 $
15.00 $
10.00 $
8.00 $
8.00 $
8.00 $
13.00 $
13.00 $
8.00 $
14.00 $
15.00 $
14.00 $
15.00 $
15.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
12.00 $
8.00 $
10.00 $
13.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
13.00 $
14.00 $
13.00 $
15.00 $
14.00 $
12.00 $
15.00 $
13.00 $
15.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
12.00 $
12.00 $
10.00 $
10.00 $
12.00 $
8.00 $
9.00 $
9.00 $
8.00 $
8.00 $
10.00 $
13.00 $
9.00 $
Screws (Together column number and reference # = screw positions)
Not in european version of this page!
000895
1BOX50SCREWSCNTSUNK13D8
$10.00U.S.
KikesAug-11themail
10115201 -> $9.00
Spare partS
toe (pricesandscrewpositionsonpage70) col./ref.
C305Grom C305 SR MiniGrom 305 SR 305 305 mini 06 Junior TZ 5 & TZ 5 SR 07 LZ7 LZ7SR08 2/ 000894
S305Grom 2/ 000958
S810 Ti Pi Edge S810 Pi Edge S914FisS912 TiS912FiS912S910 TeamS810S810TiS914PiFRS914Fis24S914Fis20S910Fis24
S910Fis20S912TiPiFRS810TiPiFRS914 Pi Edge S912 Ti Pi Edge S912Fis20 S812 Pi Edge S910 Ti
2/ 001057
C610C509C509 SRC608 SRC608C608Fis20C608Fis17C710 C609 TiC609 SRC609 3/ 000930
S710S708TS708TSRS710SRS711SRS710TiS710PiFR 2/ 000911
S711S711PiFR 4/ 001082
PlaqueAxe+99+ S914S912 S811 S810S910 T S810 Ti S810 CP S912 Ti S810 SR 3/ 000912
S710Axe+S708TS710CPS710TiCPS711CP 1/ 000960
C610Axe+C608 CP C610 CP C710CPC710TiCP 4/ 001083
Plaque Drive+ 500 600 C509 Drive+ C609 Drive+ 4/ 001101
S305 SC 8/ 000961 6/ 000958
Junior TZ 5 SC 07 8/ 000961 9/ 000958 3/ 000894
S912 Ti SC 810 SC S 810 Ti SC 3/ 000911 5/ 000909
S710SCS711SCS712SCS710TiSC 6/ 000930 5/ 000909 6/ 001057
C509 SCC608 SCC609 SC 6/ 000930 6/ 000911 5/ 000909
LZ 8 SC 08 5/ 000909 12/ 000958 9/ 000829
920 LAB 916 LAB 914 LAB 920 ZZ LAB916 ZZ LAB Z920 LAB SS Z916 LAB SS 16/ 001101 16/ 001082
PilotS710Cosmic 4/ 001082
S920 S916 S914Fis17 S920 Race STH 16 07 4/ 000910 4/ 000911
LZ 8 LZ 9 08 7/ 000895
C607SRC607 4/ 78385901
S914Fis26,3S910Fis26,3 3/ 001101
Z12 Ti SC Z12 SC Z10 Ti SC Z10 SC 710SC 609 SC 608 SC 06 5/ 000909 6/ 000930 6/ 001057
Z12 Ti Z10 Ti Z10Fis20710 610 609 609 Ti 609 SR 608 06
SmartrakGrip+610,611,710Ti,Z10Ti,Z10,Z12,609,609Ti06 Z14 08
6/ 000930 6/ 78831301
Z12TiAXE+ 610 CP 06 2/ 000960 2/ 78831401
609 D+ 06 1/ 001100 1/ 001101
914Fis20 914 SmartrakGrip+91406 1/ 000930 1/ 78831301
SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+914,Z12Ti,Z12,Z10Ti,Z10,711,710Ti06 Z14 08 1/ 78832201
Smartrak Prolink + 914 06 1/ 78832801
SmartrakProlink&SmartrakControl+Z12Ti,Z12,Z10Ti,Z10,711,710Ti06 Z14 08 2/ 10115201
STH 12 07 STH 14 Z14 LAB 08 6/ 000930 6/ 000911
STH 14 Driver 08 3/ 000911
Brake (pricesandscrewpositionsonpage70) col./ref.
Brake 5/ 000829
heel (pricesandscrewpositionsonpage70) col./ref.
Pilot Edge Loc SC: S912 Ti Pi Edge S810 Ti Pi Edge 17/ 000830 17/ 000829 17/ 000900
Pilot Free Ride Loc SC: S912TiPiFRS810TiPiFRS711PiFR 17/ 001086 5/ 000957
C305Grom C305 SR MiniGrom 305 SR 305 305 Mini 06 2/ 000834 2/ 000899
S305Grom 8/ 001004 11/ 001018
S914Fis17 914 Z12 TI Z10 TI Z10 710 610 609 608 06 C608Fis17S710 S608 C610 C509 C608 C710S710Ti
C609 Ti C609 Z14 & Z12 08 LZ 8 08 LZ 9 08
11/ 000894 11/ 001004
609 SR 06S710SRS711SRS708TSR C509 SR C608 SR C609 SR 1/ 000894 1/ 000836
S912 Ti S912 S810 S711 S910 T S810 TI S914Fis24S910Fis24 3/ 000897 6/ 000957
C608Fis20914FisS914PiFRS912TiPiFRS810TiPiFRS914 Pi Edge 914FIS20Z10FIS2006
S810 Ti Pi EdgeS810 Pi EdgeS912 Ti Pi EdgeS812 Pi EdgeS912Fis20S914Fis20S910Fis20
11/ 000830 11/ 000900
PlaqueAxe+99+ S850 S914 S912 S811 S810 S710S711CP S912 Ti Z10TIAXE+ 610 CP 06
S608 T C610 S910 T C608 CP C610 CP C710CPS710CP S810 CP C710TiCP
11/ 001101 11/ 001102
Plaque Drive + C509 Drive + 609 D + 06 11/ 000911 11/ 000908
S305 SC 305 SC 06 6/ 000957 11/ 001099
S850 SC (Drive+) C608 SC C609 SC S912 Ti SCS810 SCS810 S S712SS711SCS710SC509 SC S810 Ti SC All SC 02+ 9/ 001083 9/ 001102
920 LAB 916 LAB 914 LAB920 ZZ LAB 916 ZZ LABZ920 LAB SS Z916 LAB SS 16/ 001100 16/ 001138 16/ 000897
S920 S916 STH 12 & 16 07 STH Driver 14 08 STH 14 08 Z14 LAB 08 4/ 000897 4/ 000829 4/ 000912
C607SC 17/ 001100 17/ 001102
C607SR607SR06 LZ7SR08 17/ 000909 17/ 001004
C60760706 LZ708 2/ 000899 2/ 000909
S914Fis26,3S910Fis26,3 7/ 888139 7/ 001087
Z12 TI SC Z12 SC Z10 TI SC Z10 SC 710SC609 SC 608 SC 06 LZ8 SC 08 1/ 001085 2/ 001083
Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + 914 Z12 TI Z12 Z10 TI Z10 711710TI06 Z14 08 1/ 78832201
Junior TZ 5 & TZ 5 SR 07 11/ 000896 2/ 000899
Junior TZ 5 Juniortrak 07 11/ 000908 11/ 001101
Junior TZ 5 SC 07 11/ 001099 11/ 000912
interface (pricesandscrewpositionsonpage70) col./ref.
PoweraxeRaceGS01+ Pilot Race 04PoweraxeRaceSL00+ 5/ 000909 1/ 001086 7/ 000911
Snowblade Release 78497501 1/ 001057
Z12 TI Smartrak Z10 Smartrak 06Smartrak Control + Z12 TI Z10 06 Z14 08 78832501 78831501 78831701
Smartrak Junior 06 78832501
Spare partS
alPIne skIs > 72
SkiS
tips
1X2
Verse9 00-02 Verse7 00-02 Verse7w 01-02 Verse10Pilot 01-03 Verse8Pilot02-03 Verse8wPilot
02-03-Verse8XPilot 02-03 Verse8XwPilot 02-03 Scream 10 Pilot 00-02 Scream 8.9 Pilot 00 Superaxe10
Pilot 00 Scream 8 Pilot 00-02 Seventwenty 00-02 Scream 10 Pilot 01 Scream 8 Pilot M-W 01 Seventwenty
01 Teneighty 01 X-ScreamSeries01-04 X-ScreamM-W 01-03 X-Scream9US 01-02 X-ScreamS 02
Scream Classic 04 Equipe103V 05
891970 10.00 $
1X2
Verse5 00-02 Verse5Lite 00 Verse5w01-02 Verse50000-02 Verse6 00-02 Verse5.500-02 X-Scream
70002
891456 10.00 $
1X2
Crossmax8PilotM-W 01 Crossmax9Pilot01 Crossmax9US02-03 CrossmaxCarveCrossmax10Pilot 01
Equipe103V 01 Demo 8 Pilot 01 Demo103V 01 Demo 10 Pilot 01 Equipe 10 RC 01-02 Equipe102V 01
Equipe82V01-02-Equipe83V01 Equipe10T2V 01-03 Equipe10T3V 01-02 Crossmax70001 Crossmax
7.X 01 Crossmax7.5 01 Crossmax8 01 Crossmax8.X01 Crossmax7 01 Equipe7.9 01
891971 14.00 $
1X2
Crossmax10Pilot02 Crossmax9Pilot 02-03 Crossmax8Pilot M-W 02-03 Demo83VPilot02-03 Demo
103VPilot02 Demo93VPilot02-03 Equipe SC 02-03 Equipe83V 02-04 Equipe103V 02-04 Crossmax7
Pilot 02-03 Crossmax7.5Pilot 02-03 Crossmax7XPilot02-03 Crossmax8XPilot 02-03 Cleaver 02 Equipe
10 RC 03
89249001 10.00 $
1X2
Crossmax8 02 Crossmax88 03 Crossmax8.903 Crossmax800 02 Crossmax7 02 Crossmax7703
Crossmax700 02 Crossmax8X 02 Crossmax7X 02 CrossmaxTX03 Crossmax7.502 Crossmax7.9 03
Crossmax6603 Scleaver 8 03 Scleaver 8.9 03 Scleaver7 03 Scleaver7.903 Equipe7C 03
89249101 10.00 $
1X2 Verse8500 00-03 Verse590 03 X-Scream70001-02 Crossmax70001-04 Scleaver790 03 Scrambler 400 04 89249201 10.00 $
1X2
Crossmax10PilotRental01-02 Crossmax8PilotRental 01-03 Crossmax7PilotRental01-03 Scleaver7.9
Pilot Rental 03 Verse10PilotRental01-03 Crossmax7TXPilotRental 03 Verse8PilotRental02 Scream 10
Pilot Rental 01-02
89249301 10.00 $
1X2
Equipe SC EquipeGCEquipe9GCDemo103VDemo102V Demo9 Demo8 Demo Lady CrossmaxV12
CrossmaxV10 Rush n10 Rushn7Rush700 Streetracer 10 Streetrace r8 Streetracer7 Streetracer 6,
600, 800 05-06 Rush 6, 600, 800 05-06 Equipe10T3V 05-06 Demo Lady 06
78570801 8.00 $
1X2
Scrambler Hot Scrambler 9 Scrambler 8 Scrambler7 Scrambler 6 Scrambler 5 Scrambler Custom
Scrambler700 Scrambler 400 Siam n10 Siamn7XW5,6,8400,70006 XWFury Hurricane 06
Siam n5, 400 05-06 Axess 06
78571001 10.00 $
1X2
Crossmax10Pilot 03-04 Crossmax9Pilot 04 Crossmax8Pilot 04 Teneighty 02-04 Scream 10 Hot 03-04
Scream10XtraHot 03-04
78325101 10.00 $
1X2
Scrambler700 04 Scrambler700W04 Scrambler 1200 Rental 04 Scrambler7PilotW 04 Scrambler7
TXPilotRental04 Scrambler 8 Pilot Rental 04 Streetracer 880 04 Streetracer 800 04 Streetracer 600 04
Equipe 10 SC Pilot Rental 04
78376201 14.00 $
1X2
EquipeGC GCRace GCSeries SC,SCRace,3V Streetracer8,10,800,80,8TX,Sport DemoX2V,X3V,XR,XT
CrossmaxV8,V10,V12,V800 9000 replica 06Equipe3V,GCSeries,GCRace,SCRace AeroGT,X DemoX3,XR,XT,
GTX CrossmaxV8,V10,V800,W12 XWCyclone,Typhoon07EquipeGC,GCSeries,SCRace,RC AeroGTR,GT,XSI
AeromaxTi,STi DemoXR,XT CrossmaxV10 Origins Amethyst, Amethyst 800 08
78799401 6.00 $
1X2
XW3,4,4Tx,10 SiamN3,N4,N8,N10,N40,Flirt,Origins,Sinsation XWBlast,Tornado,Sandstorm,Vector,AT,
XRadiant06XW4,6,800,X3,X7,Attack,Tx,STX,Vector,Tornado,Fury,Sandstorm,Storm Jewel Amber, Crystal,
Diadem, Opal, Origins, Pearl, Topaz - Demo lady 07XW4,6,8,10,500,800,X7,X9,Fire,Cyclone,Hurricane
Origins Amber, Amber 500, Pearl, Ruby, Diadem, Crystal, Jade, Opal,Topaz Demo lady 08
78799501 6.00 $
1X2
Equipe2VRace07 DemoX2,Ti,RT07 XWing50007-08 AeroTi,S,RT,GTI,TiRental,SRental07
Jewel Amber 500 07 InstinctFever50007 AeromaxRT,SR,GTS08
24729101 8.00 $
1X2 XWFury08 XWTornado,TornadoTi08 10077101 15.00 $
1X2 CrossmaxW1208 Equipe3VRace,2VRace,GCRace08 AeroX08 DemoX2,DemoX308 10077201 15.00 $
edges (25cm)
1X2 Forallmodels S90190 6.00 $
Base Material (50cm)
1X1 Forallmodels S90158 8.00 $
poleS
Baskets kit
2X2 Aluminium (60 x 1 80 x 1): Pocket Rocket 02-03 Uluwatu02 60/80 mm 89917701 6.00 $
1X2
Composite (50 x 1 80 x 1): Teahuppo 02 Scream 03 Teneighty 04-05 Scream 04 Rental
composite 04-05 Scrambler hot 05 Echelon 05
50/80 mm 89917801 6.00 $
1X2 Telescopic (60 x 1 90 x 1):X-AdventureRaid 02-03 60/90 mm 89917901 6.00 $
1X1 Aluminium: RacingGiant 02 Racing Downhill 02 Equipe 04-05 52 mm 89917501 6.00 $
1X2 Aluminium: Equipe 06 Crossmax06 50 mm 78864301 6.00 $
Spare partS
Poles > 73
Baskets
1X2
Aluminium:ExpertMLX Evolution Lite ForceAxendo Equipe 99-03 X-Scream 99-00
X-Free 99 Crossmax01-02 Pocket Rocket 01 Tantrum 02 Scarecrow 01 Teneighty 03
Crossmax1003 Composite: Teneighty 01 X-Scream 01 HoochieGlide 02
60 mm A02546 6.00 $
1X2
Carbon: Carbon (99) Pilot 00-01
Telescopic: Raid 00-01 Raid Carbon 02
60 mm A05504 6.00 $
1X2
Aluminium:Verse00-02 Junior 00-04 Northpole 01-05 Adjustable 02 Rental 02-05 Crossmax
03-05 Scrambler 03-05 Arctic 04-05 Racer 04-05 Kaloo 05 F105 Rush 05 Siam 05
60 mm 898139 5.00 $
1X2
Aluminium:Verse00-02 Junior 00-04 Northpole 01-05 Adjustable 02 Rental 02-06 Crossmax
03-05 Scrambler 03-05 Arctic 04-06 Definition (04) Allium (04>06) Racer 04-06 Kaloo 05-06
F105-06 Rush 05 Siam 05 Arctic women 06 Xwing 06 Cosmic 06 Teneighty 06
50 mm 78864201 5.00 $
1X2 Aluminium: North Pole 06 50 mm 78864401 5.00 $
1X2 Composite: Rental 01-03 X-ScreamFrance01 60 mm 898262 5.00 $
1X2 X-Mountain 02-03 X-AdventureAccess 02-03 70 mm 89917601 5.00 $
1X2 X-AdventureRaid140 01 X-AdventureRaid160 01 X-AdventureAccess 01 100 mm 898264 10.00 $
alpine BootS
Buckle tooth insert
1X2 Xwave&Rush Falcon&Instinct Impact & Idol (collier/collar) 78858201 6.00 $
1X2 Xwave&Rush Falcon&Instinct Impact & Idol 78858301 6.00 $
1X2 Performa & Irony 06-07+(X-wave8-Rush880-Ellipse&Siam770) 78593001 8.00 $
1X2 Performa & Irony Elios & Charm Mission & Divine 99493501 5.00 $
1X2 Performa & Irony Mission & Divine 78399601 8.00 $
Buckle (M*=MicroV*=Vario)
M*
1X2
Course 1080 Pro Model Performa9.0CourseAxePerformaCourseX-Scream
CourseTopFit Pro Model Pro Model Spaceframe Pro Model Sc Spaceframe
S: 78398501 L: 78398401 18.00 $
M*
1X2
Course 1080 Pro Model Performa9.0CourseAxePerformaCourseX-Scream
CourseTopFit Pro Model Pro Model Spaceframe Pro Model Sc Spaceframe (red)
M: 78398601 18.00 $
M*
1X2
Xwave&RushFalcon&Instinct Impact & Idol L: 10077401 18.00 $
M*
1X2
Xwave&RushFalcon&Instinct Impact & Idol S: 10077501 M: 10077601 18.00 $
V*
M*
1X2
Evolution: 6.99 (M&W) 5.99 (M&W)
S: 78587701 L: 78587501
M: 78587601
12.00 $
14.00 $
14.00 $
V*
1X1
Symbio: 500 440 S: 78396901 L: 78397001 7.00 $
V*
1X2
Performa T Small Performa T4 Small Performa T2 Course 60 S: 78588301 L: 78588201
1X2 15 Mini Performa T1 (blue) 16.0-18.0: 10077701 14.00 $
M*
M*
1X1
Performa 99CustomFit(M&W) 6.0/5.0/5.8/5.X/5.5 (M&W)
Performa 00 6.0/5.0/4.0/660 Performa T Large 4.5/5.5/5.X/5.S/4.S
Performa 01 6.0/5.0/4.0/660 Performa T Large 5.5/5.9/4.9/5.X/RS 4
S: 490544 L: 490543 10.00 $
M*
1X1
Performa 02 6.0/5.0/4.0/6.9CF/5.5/5.95/4.95/RS4/660 (M&W) Performa T 4 Large
Performa 03 6.0/5.0/4.0 (M&W) T4 L/4TX/5.99/4.99/RS4 660 (M&W)
Performa & Irony 05 500 (black/grey)
S: 882852 L: 882853 10.00 $
V*
1X1
Evolution 5.0 (M&W) 4.0 (M&W) 600 5.5 (M&W) 5.55 (M&W) S: 882380 L: 882379 8.00 $
M*
1X2
Performa 06 8.0 CF7 Irony 06 8 Mission Divine Elios7-6X6 degree
Charm7 6 X6 halo
S: 78861401 L: 78861501 12.00 $
M*
1X2
Performa 06 (3D): 8.0 CF7 Irony 06 8 Mission Divine Elios7-6X6 degree
Charm7 6 X6 Halo (red)
M: 78861601 12.00 $
V*
M*
1X2
Performa 06 4 074,X4,PF3,Pulse Irony 06 4 074,X4,PF3,Breeze
Elios 4, 500 Charm 4, 500b (blue/grey)
S: 78862101 M: 78862301
L: 78862501
13.00 $
V*
Symbio: 4.0 (M&W) 500 6.0 (M&W) 97 440 Optima Ultra Light: 8.6/7.6(M&W)
7.6W7.2/6.6/6.2/5.6/5.2/4.6 (M&W) 4.6W 4.2/520 (M&W)
540 mm / 22.0-25.5: 882844
560 mm / 26.0-30.0: 882845
580 mm / 78862701
12.00 $
12.00 $
13.00 $
M*
1X2
Impact Idol FalconCSPro08 M: 99492601 22.00 $
M*
1X2
Performa 07 5,X5 Irony 07 5,X5 Elios
TXCharmTX
S: 99492701 L: 99492801 M: 99492901 15.00 $
V*
1X2
Performa 07 TX,GS Irony 07 GS S: 99493001 L: 99493101 M: 99493201 12.00 $
V*
1X2
T2 T3 Falcon60/70FlyerKitten S: 99493301 L: 99493401 12.00 $
Need price
S: 78588301 L: 78588201
Spare partS
alPIne boots > 74
innerboot
1X2
Thermic Fit:
Ellipse
22.0W: 78141719 23.5W: 78141722 24.5W: 78141724 25.5W: 78141726 70.00 $
26.5: 78141829 27.5: 78141831 28.5: 78141833 29.5: 78141836
30.5: 78141838 31.5: 78141841
76.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Race:
Falcon Instinct
22.0: 78860919 23.5: 78860922 24.5: 78860924 25.5: 78860926 85.00 $
26.5: 78860929 27.5: 78860831 28.5: 78860833 29.5: 78860836 90.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Race:
X-Wave&Rush
22.0: 10077919 23.5: 10077922 24.5: 10077924 25.5: 10077926
26.5: 10077829 27.5: 10077831 28.5: 10077833 29.5: 10077836
30.5: 10077838 31.5: 10077841
85.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Sport: Performa(M&W):7.0
CustomFit6.5/6.0 Performa 04 (M&W):
8.0/7.0NA6.0GC Performa & Irony 05 8.0
CF7.0/6.0 Performa & Irony 06 8 CF7/6
22.0W: 78400019 23.5W: 78400022 24.5W: 78400024 25.5W: 78400026 86.00 $
26.5: 78400129 27.5: 78400131 28.5: 78400133
29.5: 78400136 30.5: 78400138
88.00 $
31.5: 78583441 32.5: 78583443 33.5: 78583445 90.00 $
1X2
Thermic Fit: Performa (M&W):
770/660/5.0/4.0/4.0 Team/T Large/6.9/6.95/5.8/5.
5/5.S/5.X/5.9/5.95/4.9/4.95/4.5/4.S/RS 5/RS 4/GT
Performa 04 (M&W) 5.0/4.0/4.0GC/AF/TF/4TX/
X5/X4 Performa & Irony 05 5.0/4.0/660/500
Performa & Irony 06 5/4/660/500
22.0W: 78400219 23.5W: 78400222 24.5W: 78400224 25.5W: 78400226 72.00 $
26.5: 78399929 27.5: 78399931 28.5: 78399933 29.5: 78399936
30.5: 78399938
72.00 $
31.5: 78583741 32.5: 78583743 33.5: 78583745 78.00 $
1X2
HP Thermic Sanitized Location/Rental:
Symbio: 600/500/440 OptimaUltraLight:
500/520 (M&W)
22.0: 489681 23.5: 489683 24.5: 489685 25.5: 489687
26.5: 489689 27.5: 489691 28.5: 489693 29.5: 490429 30.5: 489695
68.00 $
1X2
Thermic Fit:
Performa T Small Performa T4 Small
Course 60 Falcon60
19.0: 88166312 20.0: 88166354 21.0: 88166355 54.00 $
22.0: 78584019 23.0: 78584022 24.0: 78584024 50.00 $
1X2
Thermic Fit:
Performa T 3 KadKeira
22.0: 88238319 23.5: 88238322 24.5: 88238324
25.5: 88238326 26.5: 88238329
90.00 $
1X2
Thermic Fit:
Performa T 2 Kad
18.0: 78141910 19.0: 78141912 20.0: 78141954 21.0: 78141955 45.00 $
1X2
Auto Fit:
Course70/80/90/100
22.0: 78399719 23.5: 78399722 24.5: 78399724
25.5: 78399726 26.5: 78399729 27.5: 78399731
62.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Pro:
Falcon100
22.0: 78862919 23.5: 78862922 24.5: 78862924
25.5: 78862926 26.5: 78862929 27.5: 78862931
86.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Performance:
Impact Idol
22.0 W: 55472419 23.5 W: 55472422 24.5 W: 55472424 25.5 W: 55472426 90.00 $
26.5: 55472429 27.5: 55472431 28.5: 55472433
29.5: 55472436 30.5: 55472438 31.5: 55472441
90.00 $
1X2
Thermic Fit Sanitized:
Impact Idol
22.0 W: 55472519 23.5 W: 55472522 24.5 W: 55472524 25.5 W: 55472526 70.00 $
26.5: 55472529 27.5: 55472531 28.5: 55472533
29.5: 55472536 30.5: 55472538 31.5: 55472541
70.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Sport:
Mission Divine
22.0 W: 55472619 23.5 W: 55472622 24.5 W: 55472624 25.5 W: 55472626 88.00 $
26.5: 55472629 27.5: 55472631 28.5: 55472633
29.5: 55472636 30.5: 55472638 31.5: 55472641
88.00 $
1X2
Warm Liner:
Elios Charm
22.0 W: 55472719 23.5 W: 55472722 24.5 W: 55472724 25.5 W: 55472726 80.00 $
26.5: 55472729 27.5: 55472731 28.5: 55472733
29.5: 55472736 30.5: 55472738 31.5: 55472741
80.00 $
1X2
Warmest Liner:
Elios Charm
22.0 W: 100778019 23.5 W: 100778022 24.5 W: 100778024 25.5 W: 100778026 88.00 $
26.5: 100778029 27.5: 100778031 88.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Pro Biovent:
Mission RS & Divine RS
22.0 W: 10078119 23.5 W: 10078122 24.5 W: 10078124 25.5 W: 10078126 105.00 $
26.5: 10078229 27.5: 10078231 28.5: 10078233 29.5: 10078236
30.5: 10078238 31.5: 10078241 32.5: 10078243 33.5: 10078245
110.00 $
1X2
Rental Thermic Fit:
Mission RS & Divine RS
22.0 W: 10078319 23.5 W: 10078322 24.5 W: 10078324 25.5 W: 10078326 80.00 $
26.5: 10078429 27.5: 10078431 28.5: 10078433 29.5: 10078436
30.5: 10078438 31.5: 10078441 32.5: 10078443 33.5: 10078445
88.00 $
1X2
My Custom Fit Sport:
SPK
25.5: 10078526 26.5: 10078529 27.5: 10078531
28.5: 10078533 29.5: 10078536
110.00 $
Spare partS
alPIne boots > 75
Bootfitting
1X2 Rental Insoles
18.0: 10078610 19.0: 10078612 20.0: 10078654
21.0: 10078655 22.0: 10078619 23.0-23.5: 10078621
24.0-24.5: 10078623 25.0-25.5: 10078625 26.0-26.5: 10078628
27.0-27.5: 10078630 28.0-28.5: 10078632 29.0-29.5: 10078635
30.0-30.5: 10078637 31.0-31.5: 10078639 32.0-32.5: 10078642
33.0-33.5: 10078644
5.50 $
1X2 Therm-ic Insoles
22.0: 55473119 23.0-23.5: 55473121 24.0-24.5: 55473123 25.0-25.5: 55473125
26.0-26.5: 55473128 27.0-27.5: 55473130
15.00 $
1X2 Footbed: Standard (black)
24.0-24.5: 88164023 25.0-25.5: 88164025 26.0-26.5: 88164028
27.0-27.5: 88164030 28.0-28.5: 88164032 29.0-29.5: 88164035
12.00 $
1X2
Footbed: Performa Prolink+Sport Evolution
2 Verse Ellipse Performa
22.0-23.5: 489965 24.0-25.5: 489966
26.0-27.5: 489967 28.0-29.5: 489968
12.00 $
30.0-33.5: 78592037 6.00 $
1X2 Footbed: Falcon (black)
24.0-24.5: 19578423 25.0-25.5: 19578425 26.0-26.5: 19578428
27.0-27.5: 19578430 28.0-28.5: 19578432 29.0-29.5: 19578435
11.00 $
1X2 Heel height adjustment wedge (+4mm) 489970 6.00 $
1X2 Arch support Petit/Small: 10079201 Grand/Large: 10079301 4.00 $
1X4 JointstanchitXwave,Rush 22.0-27.5: 55472201 28.0-31.5: 55472801 5.00 $
1X4 Joints tanchit Impact Idol 22.0-25.5: 55472301 26.0-31.5: 55473001 8.00 $
1X2 Lower leg strap 35 mm (black/red) 22.0-25.5: 10078701 26.0-33.5: 10078801 12.00 $
1X8 Bouchon latral Y/C (grey) 78591901 5.00 $
innerboot adaptation / Bootfitting
1X4 Course Ellipse: canting rivet 78399001 8.00 $
1X4 CourseX2:canting screw 78399101 14.00 $
1X4 X-Wave Impact Mission RS Divine RS Falcon Instinct: canting rivet 78399201 8.00 $
1X20 M4 T-Nut & screw 10078901 10.00 $
1X2 Pre-cut foam sheet (4mm) 10079101 35.00 $
1X2 Self-adhesivePUfilmroll(forinnerboot) 10079501 45.00 $
1X2 Plastic cant shim (for innerboot) 10079901 7.00 $
1X2 Adhesive arch support all models 10079401 16.00 $
1X2 SalomonFit+ 25.0-27.5: 10079601 28.0-31.0: 10079701 15.00 $
1X2
ProlinkForwardLeanAdjustmentWedge:
(All products Course Performa Prolink) (black)
Women + Japan 22.0-25.5: 882395
26.0-30.0: 882396
M 22.0-25.5: 882397 26.0-30.0: 882398
7.00 $
1X2 Prolink innerboot adaptation plate 24.0-25.5: 882399 26.0-30.0: 882400 7.00 $
innerboot clip
1X10
Evolution 98-99 8.5 (M&W) 8.0 (M&W) 7.5(M&W)7.0(M&W) 6.0 (M&W)
5.0 (M&W) CF(M&W) 600 7.9 4.9 Evolution 97 9.0 (M&W) 8.0 (M&W) +
(Symbio+OptimaUltraLight)(black)
490197 5.00 $
Bootsole + Screws
1X2 Back: Performa Evolution Performa T3 Symbio 440 05 Elios Charm 8 mm / 22.0-33.5: 487450 8.00 $
1X2
Front: Performa Evolution Performa T3 Symbio Performa 04
Verse04 Ellipse 04
8 mm / 22.0-25.5: 489617
26.0-33.5: 489618
8.00 $
1X2
Walkadin Back: Verse Ellipse & Siam Performa & Irony
Course 60 (22-26.5) Impact Idol Mission Divine
12 mm / 22.0-33.5: 55473201 8.00 $
1X20 12 mm / 22.0-33.5: 55473301 62.00 $
1X2
Walkadin Front: Ellipse & Siam Performa & Irony Symbio 440 05
Course 60 (22-26.5) Impact Idol Mission Divine Mission RS Divine RS SPK
Elios Charm
12 mm / 22.0-25.5: 53527601 138.00 $
12 mm / 26.0-33.5: 53527701 132.00 $
1X20
12 mm / 22.0-25.5: 99492101 52.00 $
12 mm / 26.0-33.5: 99492201 56.00 $
1X2
Walkadin Back: Verse Ellipse & Siam Performa & Irony Course 60 (22-26.5)
Impact Idol Mission Divine (grey/black)
12 mm / 22.0-33.5: 78589401 10.00 $
1X20 12 mm / 22.0-33.5: 99492301 62.00 $
1X2
Walkadin Front: Ellipse & Siam Performa & Irony Symbio 440 05
Course 60 (22-26.5) Impact Idol Mission Divine Mission RS Divine RS
SPK (black/grey)
12 mm / 22.0-25.5: 78589801
26.0-33.5: 78589901
8.00 $
1X20
12 mm / 22.0-25.5: 99492401 50.00 $
12 mm / 26.0-33.5: 99492501 54.00 $
1X2
Back: W-Wave (M&W) CourseXRJaponCourseGT Course T 1080 1080 Japon
Course 100 90 80 70
881642 5.00 $
1X2 Evolution2 490353 6.00 $
1X2 Back: Team 3.0 team 3.5 489763 5.00 $
Spare partS
alPIne boots > 76
1X2 Back: 12 Mini 15 Mini 16.0-17.0: 488030 4.00 $
1X2 Front:PerformaT2 Performa T4 Small Course 60 (18-21) 882381 8.00 $
1X2 Back: Performa T2 Performa T4 Small Course 60 (18-21) 882382 8.00 $
1X2 Back: Mission RS Divine RS (black/grey) 10079001 7.00 $
nordic
laces
1X1 Quickfit
95 cm: 78135401 6.00 $
95 cm: 86065701 8.00 $
1X10 Quickfit Holder 10108001 4.00 $
1X2 Zip (black): 10108101 (grey): 10108201 10.00 $
1X2 Lace 10107201 7.00 $
1X2 VelcroStrap 25823701 6.00 $
rivet
1X5 Carbon Pro Racing Skate 9 Active 9 Skate Vitane9Skate 10106801 4.00 $
1X5 861 Active 8 Skate CL Vitane8SkateCL Equipe Combi 10109201 4.00 $
insoles
1X2 Durafresh 5 mm
9K: 25823652 10K: 25823608 11K: 25823610 12K: 25823612 13K: 25823654 8.00 $
1: 25823616 2: 25823617 3: 25823656 4: 25823621 5: 25823623
6: 25823625 7: 25823627 8: 25823629 9: 25823631 10: 25823633
11: 25823635 12: 25823637 13: 25823639 14: 25823641
8.00 $
Screw chart
1X100 Profil Equipe Junior 6,3 / 14,5: 78859901 19.00 $
1X100 Profil Equipe Skate+Classic Profil Active SCBladesXAdventureRaid 6,3 / 17,7: 890111 14.00 $
1X100 SNSXAdventureRaid(black) 6,3 / 26: F872020 14.00 $
1X100 SNSXAdventureRaid 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 13.00 $

1X100 Profil Equipe Skate+Classic Profil Active SC 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 13.00 $
1X100 Profil Auto Men Auto Women SNSXAdventureAccess 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 13.00 $
1X100 Pilot Equipe Skate Pilot Active Skate 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 13.00 $

1X100 FixationBladesXAdventureRaidPilot Classic 6,3 / 19,5: 890109 13.00 $
1X100 Profil Auto JR 6,3 / 14,5: 890112 13.00 $
1X100 Profil Snow/Monster 6,3 / 14,5: 890112 13.00 $
1X100 BladesXAdventureRaidAccess 6,3 / 14,5: 890112 13.00 $

1X100 BladesXAdventureRaidPilot ClassicProfil Equipe JR 6,3 / 14,5: 890112 13.00 $
1X50 Profil Auto Junior (Skis < 140) 5,4 / 10: 000909 13.00 $
1X10 Adjustment screw Equipe Classic Pilot 55454101 3.00 $
pull tab
1X10 Pilot Equipe Skate - Pilot Active Skate (yellow): 10106201 12.00 $
plugs
1X10
Pilot Equipe Skate Profil Equipe Skate+Classic Pilot Active Skate Profil Auto (Men/
women/Junior) Profil Active SC SNSXadventureRaid+Access
890094 4.00 $
CapotCap
1X10 Profil Equipe Classic Profil Equipe skate Profil Active SC 885608 6.00 $
1X1 Capot vis Pilot quipe Classic 55454201 3.00 $
1X1 Capot vis Pilot sport 55454301 3.00 $
flexor
1X2
Profil Equipe Skate
115: (red) 10104201
125: (red) 10104301
5.00 $
Profil Equipe Classic 85: (yellow) 10102201 5.00 $
Profil Active SC 105: (grey) 10105101 5.00 $
Need price 885608
Spare partS
nordIc > 77
1X2
Profil Auto Men 105: (black) 10104801 5.00 $
Profil Auto Women 95: (grey) 10104901 5.00 $
Profil Auto Junior Junior: (yellow) 10105001 5.00 $
1X2 SNSXAdventureRaid 185: (grey) 10104401 5.00 $
1X2 FlexorSNSPwrofilSnowmonster Kid: (red) 78135701 5.00 $
ridge plate
1X2 Ridge Plate Pilot Skate 78846901 10.00 $
1X2 Profil Equipe 78847201 10.00 $
1X2 ProfilAutoUniversalWomenProfilAutoUniversalJunior 10111001 10.00 $
1X2 ProfilUniversal 78847101 10.00 $
1X1 S/E Plate Pilot Equipe Classic 55454001 18.00 $
1X1 SPS Plate 25823501 5.00 $
Steel link
1X2 Pilot steel link 78847301 8.00 $
Service products
1X1 Jig Pilot Profil BC XAdventure 891000 80.00 $
1X4 Reversible jig pads Pilot Profil BC XAdventure 10106401 15.00 $
1X5 Drill bit - Profil Automatique Junior 3,6 x L 8 mm: 000814 78.00 $
1X1 Drill bit 3,6 x L 15 mm: 10105201 30.00 $
1X1 Special repair plug drill bit 10105301 32.00 $
1X100 Nordic repair plugs 000846 16.00 $
1X1 6 face posidrive bit 78504801 16.00 $
Sticker Pilot Equipe 55453901 5.00 $
SnowBoard BoardS
Snowboard tip protector
1X1 Tip Protector - Rental boards (black) J90108 9.00 $
1X1 Tip Protector - Rental boards (black) 55473801 8.00 $
SnowBoard BindingS
NB: No spare parts for S PRO TEAM bindings
transmission pads
1X2
L+R
Base Pad all SP models (khaki/black) S: 55473954 M/L: 55473955 8.00 $
1X2
L+R
BasePadallSPXmodels(black) S: 78858454 M: 78858456 L: 78858458 30.00 $
1X2
L+R
BasePadallForce&Gracemodels(black) S: 78836255 L: 78836258
1X2
L+R
Base Pad all Relay models (black) S: 53527254 M: 53527256 L: 53527258 18.00 $
1X2
L+R
Base Pad (white) S: 78837754 M: 78837756 L: 78837758 25.00 $
PlotsSupportsClovers
1X8 Clovers screws - 97 Rental Quick Angle J90511 4.00 $
1X1 Central Screw + Ring - 97 S 2 Rental 01 Quick Angle 78573301 4.00 $
4x4 disks
1X8 Screw+washersfordisk-AllModels(except98 Rental) 88999301 5.00 $
1X2 6holesDiskIMS+Screws+Washers-AllModels(except98 Rental & Speedfit) 78855401 8.00 $
1X2 Quick Angle - All S Models 98-00exceptSPRO 889856 Aftermarket 28.00 $
Need price
S: 78836255 L: 78836258
Spare partS
snowboard bIndIngs > 78
Straps
1X2 Toe Strap - All Models + M4 Toolfree
S: (black) 10099154 M: (black) 10099156 L: (black) 10099158 25.00 $
S: (white) 10089154 M: (white) 10089156 L: (white) 10089158 25.00 $

1X2 Toe Adjuster - All S and SP Models (black) + M5 screw S: 53527454 M/L: 53527457 3.50 $
1X2 ToeAdjuster-AllSPX,Force,Grace&RelayModels(black) + M5 screw
S: (black) 78563554 M/L: (black) 78563557 4.00 $
S: (white) 10134057 M/L: (white) 10134057 4.00 $
1X2 Holding fast fit - All Relay models (black) 78839301 3.00 $

1X2 Holdingfastfit-AllForceandGracemodels(white) 53527501 5.00 $
1X2 Toe Sawblade - All SP Models 06- (black) S/M: 78374919 L: 78374921 5.00 $
1X2 Toe Sawblade - All SP Models 06+ (black) S/M: 78837054 L: 78837057 7.00 $
1X2 Toe Sawblade + Holding fast fit SPX AllSPX,Force,Grace&RelayModels.(black)
S/M: (black) 78837155 L: (black) 78837158 12.00 $
S/M: (white) 10134155 L: (white) 10134158 12.00 $
1X2 Alu TOE Buckle All Models
78560401 16.00 $
78855301 25.00 $
1X2 Alu ANKLE Buckle All Models 78836901 28.00 $
1X2
L+R
Ankle Strap All Relay Models (black)
145 mm / S/M: 99494055 25.00 $
165 mm / L: 78560054 33.00 $
1X2
L+R
Ankle Strap All Relay Models (white)
145 mm / S/M: 99494155 25.00 $
165 mm / L: 78838755 40.00 $
1X2
L+R
Ankle Strap Allmodels(SP,SPX,Grace).(black)
165 mm / S: 78560054 33.00 $
185 mm / M/L: 78560057 33.00 $
1X2
L+R
Ankle Strap Allmodels(SP,SPX,Grace).(white)
165 mm / S: 78838755 40.00 $
185 mm / M/L: 78838758 40.00 $

1X2 Ankle Sawblade + Ring + Toothed Nut M5 All Models
(black) 78839201 4.00 $
(white) 10131401 4.00 $
1X2 Ankle Adjuster + Ring + Toofree Adjuster M4 AllSP,SPX,Force&Gracemodels
(black) 88999601 5.00 $
(white) 10131501 5.00 $

1X2 Ankle Adjuster + Toofree Adjuster M4 + Toothed nut M5 All Relay models
(grey) 78836701 4.00 $
(white) 10133401 4.00 $
1X2 Aesthetic Strap Washer + Strap Screw M5 AllRelaymodelsexceptXLT07 and Pro 07 (white) 78839101 3.00 $
1X2 Aesthetic Strap Nut + Strap Screw M5 Only Relay 07XLTandPro 99493801 4.00 $
1X4
Strap Kit (screw M5/nut M5/wascher M5) - (Toe/Ankle) All SP models 889905 5.00 $
Strap Kit (screw M5/nut M5/wascher M5) -(Ankle)AllSPXmodels 88999701 6.00 $
1X4 Strap Kit (Screw + Nut)-(Ankle)AllForce&Gracemodels. 78836801 6.00 $
SpoilersHighback
1X2 Highback Rotation Kit: AllSPXModelsexceptSPXCarbon 89380201 5.00 $
1X2 Highback Rotation Kit: AllForce&Gracemodels 78837301 7.00 $
1X2 Highback Rotation Rivet + Highback Ring Axis: All Relay models 19577201 4.00 $
1X2 Highback Rotation Screw: All Relay models 78839401 3.00 $
1X2 Toolfree FWL Adjuster: All models (grey) 78837501 7.00 $
1X1
Highback + FWL Adjuster + Screw: AllModelsSexceptSProandRelay.
(SP,SPX,Grace).(black)
S: 88399619 M: 88399621
L: 88399623
9.00 $
1X1 Highback + FWL Adjuster + Screw: AllWmodelsexceptRelay(white) S/M: 78839755 16.50 $
1X1 Highback + FWL Adjuster + Screw: AllmodelsexceptRelay S/M: 78839855 L: 78839858 13.00 $
1X2 FWL Adjuster: AllmodelsexceptRelay(grey) 99493901 5.00 $
1X2 FWL Adjuster: All models 06+exceptForce&Relay(grey) 78857701 6.00 $

1X2 Length Base Adjustment Kit: AllForce&Gracemodels(grey) 78858001 6.00 $
RentalSpeedfit
1X2 Speedfit Disc 78333801 Aftermarket 30.00 $
1X2 Ankle Strap 78697201 22.00 $
1X2 Buckle + M5 screw+SavenutM5x8 78619001 8.00 $
1X2 Quick cricket 78619101 8.00 $
1X2 TOE: Tooth Straps 180 mm/9,3 mm hole: 78619201 4.00 $
1X2 ANKLE:Toothstrapsforboltgard05+ 190 mm/6,5 mm hole: 78619301 4.00 $
1X2 Toestrap snap support easy base 78619401 4.00 $
KikesAug-11themail
100991 -> $25.00
*assumed also adjusted 100891
KikesAug-11themail
101340 -> $4.00
KikesAug-11themail
101341 -> $12.00
KikesAug-11themail
101314 -> $4.00
KikesAug-11themail
101315 -> $5.00
KikesAug-11themail
101334 -> $4.00
Spare partS
1X2 Toestrap L/XL . (S/M couper 1 trou pour petite taille) 78619559 15.00 $
1X8 Screw4X4M6X20 78620501 4.00 $
1X2 Heelcup lever 78620601 4.00 $
1X4 Highback screw + bush + nut M6 . 78620701 4.00 $
1X2 Forwardleanscrew+washer+savenutM5X10 78620901 4.00 $
1X1 Highback S/M: 78621101 16.00 $
1X1 Highback L/XL: 78621201 16.00 $
1X2 ForwardleanadjusterHB S/M: 78621301 6.00 $
1X2 ForwardleanadjusterHB L/XL: 78621401 6.00 $
1X2 Scratchs + Springs + Covers + Levers + Screws 78840001 20.00 $
Service products
1X1 Thandle6mmhexwrench 88999001 5.00 $
1X1 Tube of grease 000905 5.00 $
SnowBoard BootS
liners
1X2
FULLCUSTOMFIT-AllModelsExcept
Talapus&Fmodels
23.0-23.5: 78835921 24.0-24.5: 78835923 25.0-25.5: 78835925
26.0-26.5: 78835928 27.0-27.5: 78835930 28.0-28.5: 78835932
29.0-29.5: 78835935 30.0-30.5: 78835937
122.00 $
1X2
AUTOFIT-AllModelsExceptTalapus&
Fmodels
23.0-23.5: 78836021 24.0-24.5: 78836023 25.0-25.5: 78836025
26.0-26.5: 78836028 27.0-27.5: 78836030 28.0-28.5: 78836032
29.0-29.5: 78836035 30.0-30.5: 78836037
74.00 $
inner Soles
1X2 AllmodelsexceptTalapus
23.0: 78611721 23.5: 78611722 24.0: 78611723 24.5: 78611724
25.0: 78611725 25.5: 78611726 26.0: 78611728 26.5: 78611729
27.0: 78611730 27.5: 78611731 28.0: 78611732 28.5: 78611733
29.0: 78611735 29.5: 78611736 30.0: 78611737 30.5: 78611738
11.00 $
laces
1X2 (All models) Power Lace handle 78396101 8.00 $
1X2 (All models) Power Lace Locker 78396201 5.00 $
1X2 (Allmodels)LINERKevlarLaceLocker 78396301 5.00 $
1X2 Speed Lace Locker + Lace (Only Models with SPL system) 78836101 10.00 $
1X2 Speed Lace Locker + Lace 88935501 10.00 $
1X4 (All models) Lace hook (grey) 78396501 5.00 $
1X4 (All models) Eyestay block (grey) 78396601 5.00 $
1X1 (All models) Liner kevlar lace (black) 25 m 78396401 17.00 $
1X2 (All models) Lace (black)
200 cm / 23.0-25.5: 78396026 210 cm / 26.0-28.5: 78396733
220 cm / 29.0-31.5: 78396841
7.00 $
1X2 Minicombo Main Part 99494501 7.00 $
1X2 New combo (tongue lace locker with springs) 99494701 4.00 $
1X2 (Fusionmodelsonly)OpenEyestayblock 19578501 4.00 $
1X2 (Fusionmodelsonly)ClosedEyestayblock 19578601 4.00 $
1X2 (BOA models only) BOA coiler reel 05 (B521) 19578701 40.00 $
1X2 (BOA models only) BOA Lace cable 130 cm / 23.0-28.5: 19578801 140 cm / 29.0-31.5: 78911801 14.00 $
snowboard bIndIngs > 79
KikesAug-11themail
889335 -> $10.00
* please verify code, was previously 889355...
Spare partS
footwear > 80
footwear
laces
1X2 Mountain Lace (grey) 1,60 m: 86065401 1,80 m: 86065501 2,00 m: 86065601 6.00 $
1X2
Lacet junior Junior lace (black) 1,00 m: 86065101 6.00 $
LacetFootwearFootwearlace (black) 1,30 m: 86065201 (grey) 1,30 m: 86065301 6.00 $
1X2 QuickLaceKit (black): 86065701 (grey): 86065801 8.00 $
poulies
1X10 Plastic (black) 86067301 6.00 $
1X40 Rivets P90017 8.00 $
1X10 Lace Hook 86067401 8.00 $
insoles
1X2
Outsoles - Pro Thermic
3,5/4: 86066423 4,5/5: 86066425 5,5/6: 86066427
6,5/7: 86066429 7,5/8: 86066431 8,5/9: 86066433
9,5/10: 86066435 10,5/11: 86066437 11,5/12: 86066439
20.00 $
Outsoles - Pro Ice SuperMountainExpert
3,5/4: 86066421 4,5/5: 86066423 5,5/6: 86066425 6,5/7: 86066427
7,5/8: 86066429 8,5/9: 86066431 9,5/10: 86066433 10,5/11: 86066435
11,5/12: 86066437 12,5/13: 86066439
20.00 $
Crampon Adapter (CHARLET MOSER) PRO ICE PROROCK 86066201 4.00 $
inner Soles
1X2 EVAinsolesdecut&perforated
3,5/4: 86065921 4,5/5: 86065923 5,5/6: 86065925 6,5/7: 86065927
7,5/8: 86065929 8,5/9: 86065931 9,5/10: 86065933 10,5/11: 86065935
11,5/12: 86065937 12,5/13: 86065939
10.00 $
1X2 MoldedFeltSockliner
3,5: 86068220 4,0: 86068221 4,5: 86068222 5,0: 86068223 5,5: 86068224
6,0: 86068225 6,5: 86068226 7,0: 86068227 7,5: 86068228 8,0: 86068229
8,5: 86068230 9,0: 86068231 9,5: 86068232 10,0: 86068233 10,5: 86068234
11,0: 86068235 11,5: 86068236 12,0: 86068237 12,5: 86068238
13,0: 86068239
14.00 $
1X2 EVASocklinermolded
3,5/4: 86068021 4,5/5: 86068023 5,5/6: 86068025 6,5/7: 86068027
7,5/8: 86068029 8,5/9: 86068031 9,5/10: 86068033 10,5/11: 86068035
11,5/12: 86068037 12,5/13: 86068039
8.00 $
liners
1X2 Inner boot PRO THERMIC (black/orange)
3,5: 86066520 4,0: 86066521 4,5: 86066522 5,0: 86066523 5,5: 86066524
6,0: 86066525 6,5: 86066526 7,0: 86066527 7,5: 86066528 8,0: 86066529
8,5: 86066530 9,0: 86066531 9,5: 86066532 10,0: 86066533 10,5: 86066534
11,0: 86066535 11,5: 86066536 12,0: 86066537
82.00 $
replacement procedures
Step one. Verifybycustomerreceiptorproductioncodethatthedefective
component is under warranty. (Warranty claims should be handled through
Authorized Dealers to ensure speed and accuracy of product replacement.
Please do not refer a customer directly to Salomon.)
Step two: Call customer service for return authorization number.
(Thereisnolongeranexpresswarrantyform.)
Step three: Return the defective set to Salomon with the return authorization
number clearly printed on the outside of the package. Return the entire set,
unless otherwise instructed by customer service.
Ship the package freight pre-paid to:
uSa canada
Salomon Service Center Salomon Canada Sports
Building5X,Bay6 DivisionofAmerSportsCanadaInc.
710WestAmidanDrive 3545ThimensBlvd.
Ogden,UT84404 Saint-Laurent,QuebecH4R1V5
UponadealersrequesttoCustomerService,awarrantyreplace mentcompo-
nent can be shipped in advance to the dealer before it is inspected at Salomons
Service Center. Salomon will invoice the dealer for the replacement component
and issue a credit when the defective component is received and verifed. If the
defectivecompo nentexchangedfortheadvancereplacementisnotreceived
within 45 days from the issue of the Return Authorization Number, or proves
not to be defective, no credit will be issued for the replacement product.
Step four: Salomon will ship the replacement product to the dealer, surface
freight pre-paid, after verifcation of the defect.
Salomon Service center
In the event an unusual situation is encountered or a technical question arises
please call the Salomon Service Center at:
uSa 1-800-654-2668
can 1-800-361-3398ext.1142
warranty > 81
Salomon Retail Alpine Bindings are covered under warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing for a period of fve years from their date of purchase to the
original customer. In the absence of proof-of-purchase, this warranty period will be fve years from date of manufacture of the product as indicated by production code. This
warranty only covers the defective component, not the full pair or set, i.e., left toe piece, brake, right heel, etc. Abuse and normal wear are not covered by this warranty.
Mechanical inspection failures
Normalwearisexpectedwiththeuseofaproduct.Shouldacomponentfaila
mechanicalinspection(measuredreleasevaluesthatfalloutsidetheIn-Use
Range) within its warranty period, include the following information with the
returned component.
Descriptionofinspectionthatthecomponentfailed.
Brandoftestdeviceanddateofmostrecentcalibration.
SkierCodeandvisualindicatorsetting.
Bootbrand,modelandsolelength.
Allmeasuredreleasevaluesandnameofthetechnician.
Every Salomon binding component is precision tested to assure its accuracy
duringmanufacture.Itisextremelyrarethatacomponentwouldbeoutof
calibration unless there is visible damage. All bindings returned due to me-
chanical testing failures are inspected. No replacement product will be issued
unless all required information is included with the product.
product age Verifcation
Verifcation that the product is within the warranty period can be made in
the following two ways:
1. Customer receipt indicating product was purchased within the last fve years.
2. Component production code* indicating manufacture of product within last fve
years.
Salomon alpine skis, Snowblade and
boots are warranted for a period of
2 years from date of original purchase.
To determine the period covered by the
warranty, the customer has to show the
sales receipt.
The Salomon Snowblade warranty can
only function if the customer presents
the Snowblade unit to the dealer as it
was sold (ski and binding). If not, the
warranty cannot be honored.
Salomon pilot set warranty
The skis are covered for 2 years from
the date of original purchase.
The bindings are covered by a 5 years
warranty from the date of original
purchase.
Ski: if there is a problem that is
covered by the warranty (breakage,
pullededge)thatoccursduringthe
warranty period (2 years), Salomon will
replace either the Ski + Binding unit
or the Ski only at our discretion.
Binding: if there is a problem that
is covered by the Salomon warranty
(breakage,bindingpulled-out)that
occurs during the warranty period
(5 years), Salomon will replace the
Ski + Bindingunit,exceptifthedam-
ageconcernsthebrakeortheAFDplate.
In this case, Salomon will replace the
defective part(s) with spare parts.
Salomons only liability as regards this
warranty will be to repair or replace the
defective product with a model or pair
within the limits of available stock.
These warranties cover skis, Snowblade,
bindings against manufacturing defects.
However, these warranties do not
cover damage resulting from transport,
handling, storage, failure by the cli-
ent to follow the instructions for use,
modifcation of the product or normal
wear and tear.
In case of damage to a product caused
by an accident or misuse, please consult
Salomon Customer Service for advice
on possible repair or replacement.
Ski problems not covered by the warranty
problems Solutions
Bent skis Contact subsidiary for more information
top surface Can be repaired
tip protector Can be repaired with spare parts
tail protector Cannot be repaired
running surface Can be repaired
Binding pull-out Can be repaired with inserts
pulled edge Can be repaired
Forallotherproblems,contactthesubsidiaryCustomerService.
Salomon helmets and poles are guar-
anteed against defects in materials and
manufacturing for a period of one year
from their date of purchase*.
This warranty only covers the defective
compo nents. Claims arising from im-
proper storage of product, modifcation,
abuse and normal wear are not covered
by this warranty. This warranty applies
only to products sold by an Authorized
SalomonDealer.Forwarrantyservice,
present the defective helmet with the
original sales receipt to your nearest
Authorized Salomon Dealer.
* This warranty may vary in some
countries.
Salomons only liability regarding this
warranty will be to repair or replace the
defective product with a model in an
available version.
warning:
The Salomon helmets are designed only
for the following activities: ski, snow-
board and skiboard (Snowblade).
They are not designed to be used on
motorbikes or for other sports, me-
chanical or not.
The Alpine Salomon poles are designed
for cross country or downhill skiing only,
exceptfortheadjustablepolesthatcan
be used for downhill skiing and hiking.
note
* All Salomon binding components are stamped with a two- or three-digit code upon their
fnal production to indicate month and year of production. Normally, codes are a letter
followed by a number, with the letter indicating month of produc tion. Each number cor-
responds to the actual year of production, i.e., 2 would indicate 2002, 3 would indicate
2003, etc. To simplify the warranty process, product age is determined by the year of
production only. Retail bindings with a production code indicating that the bindings were
manufac tured in 2004 (e.g., A4, M4) will be warranted until the end of the 2008/2009 ski
season. Production codes are stamped in various places on all binding components.
Salomon retail Binding limited warranty
Salomon alpine Skis, Snowblade & Boot warranty
Salomon helmet & alpine pole warranty
ETM
removes
this
paragraph
warranty
SalomonSports.com
Printed in Canada
Salomon u.S.a.
2030 LINcOLN Ave.
OGDeN, UT 84401 U.S.A.
1 (800) 225-6850
www.salomoncertification.com
Salomon canada Sports
2700 14Th Ave UNIT 1-4
MARKhAM, ON L3R 0J1
www.salomonhookup.ca

Shop Practices Manual USA Final

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Shop Practices Manual USA Final

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SHOP PRACTICES

& SPARE PARTS

Full 4000 W T 720

Full 4000 W T P 620

Full 4000 T P 210

Full 4000 T P 210

Full 4000 W T A P G1ISOnorm

Full 4000 W T A P G1ISOnorm

skiboards if you are shorter than

406 or slow Araldite

2) Multi colored Araldite

resin with gun.

coloring paste for

Вам также может понравиться